Home Blog

Multibagger stock jumps over 500% in 3 years, board to issue free shares 2:1


A small cap company with a market value of 423.69 Cr, Commercial Syn Bags Ltd operates in the industrial sector. Based in Indore, the company manufactures FIBCs, tarpaulins, woven bags and BOPP bags. Comsyn is owned by the 50-year-old Choudhary Group, and with a production capacity of 21,000 tons per year, the company can create 4-5 million bags each year. To consider the free shares 2:1, the Board of Directors of the Company will meet on Tuesday, November 29, 2022.

The company said in a filing today that “pursuant to Regulation 29(1) of the SEBI (LODR) Regulations, 2015, read together with the SEBI (PIT) Regulations, 2015, as amended from time to time, we are pleased to inform that 10/2022-23 The Company’s Board of Directors meeting is scheduled to be held on Tuesday, November 29, 2022 at 12:15 p.m. at the Company’s registered office to consider and approve the following business and other business undertaken: a) Consider and approve the allotment of 2 66 34 800 new shares of Rs.10/- each to the existing shareholders in the proportion of 2:1 i.e. 2 (Two) new shares in premium of Rs. 10/- each for every 1 (one) existing fully paid share(s) of Rs. 10/- each. b) To consider and approve any other matters relating thereto.”

On a consolidated basis, Commercial Syn Bags net profit fell 97.66% year-on-year to 0.10 crore in the quarter ending September 2022 compared to 4.27 crores in the same quarter a year earlier. In Q2FY23, sales fell 4.13% YoY for 72.40 crore from 75.52 crores in Q2FY22. In Q2FY23, EPS fell to 0.04 per share from 3.61 per share based on T2FY22.

The shares of Commercial Syn Bags Ltd. were down 0.063% from yesterday’s close of Rs. 318.35 and closed today at Rs. 318.15 apiece. A total of 11,714 shares were traded today for the stock. The stock has produced a multibagger return of 607.00% over the past five years and a multibagger return of 536.30% over the past three years. The stock has appreciated 37.10% over the past year and is up 18.76% since the start of 2022. The stock had hit a 52-week high of 388.00 on (11/9/2022) and a 52 week low of 211.60 on (11/23/2021), indicating that at the current market price, the stock is trading 18% below the high and 50.35% above the low. For the quarter ended September or Q2FY23, the company recorded a developer equity of 58.66% and a public equity of 41.34%.

Catch all the trade news, market news, breaking news and latest updates on Live Mint. Download the Mint News app to get daily market updates.

More less

Robin Leidner, Sociology | Almanac of the University of Pennsylvania


Robin Leidner, Sociology

Robin Lisa Leidner, former associate professor of sociology in the School of Arts and Sciences, died September 23, 2022 from complications of breast cancer. She was 65 years old.

Born and raised on Long Island, Dr. Leidner earned a bachelor’s degree in sociology from Harvard University in 1980, then performed in a feminist theater group in Providence, Rhode Island before entering college. In 1983, she received a master’s degree and, five years later, a doctorate, also in sociology, from Northwestern University. In 1988, she joined Penn’s faculty as an assistant professor of sociology. She immediately became an engaged member of Penn’s feminist community, leading a seminar on Women, Work and Family: Controversy and Change for Penn’s 250th Anniversary Conference in 1990. During the 1990s and 2000s, she served on the executive committee of the faculty senate, as well as several Penn-wide task forces and committees (such as the manufacturer’s liability committee). In 1997, she became involved in a heated debate among professors over whether professors should be required to submit their course reading lists to the Penn Bookstore or allowed to submit them to independent bookstores near the campus (Almanac November 18, 1997). Dr. Leidner has taught sociology of gender courses in SAS’s Gender, Sexuality, and Women’s Studies program in addition to her teaching in the sociology department, where she also served as undergraduate director. .

Dr. Leidner was a leading feminist scholar and specialist in the sociology of work. His book, Fast Food, Fast Talk: service work and daily routinization, based on his doctoral research at Northwestern and “Hamburger University” (a McDonald’s training program), showed how employers sought to alter the emotions of workers and customers. Exposing the scripts fast food workers are forced to follow when dealing with customers, she showed how workers were coerced by and resisted these efforts. The book has been cited more than 2,500 times. His research has also covered other topics. In 1992, Dr. Leidner received an award from the University Research Foundation (URF) for his project Parents’ responses to professional, informal, and institutionalized parenting advice. She has published more than 20 articles in peer-reviewed journals on women’s work experience and fast food work, and has been awarded by the American Sociological Association, the Society for the Study of Social Problems and the US Department of Education.

“Students often commented on her warm and supportive manner, praising the way she posed questions, probed their thinking, and suggested readings in such a way as to guide them to new intellectual paths,” the sociology department wrote in a tribute to the Dr. Leidner. . Former student Elizabeth Vaquera wrote, “Robin taught me so much about navigating academia with kindness and integrity.” His colleagues also noted his supportive attitude. Population Studies Center affiliate researcher Daniel Aldana Cohen wrote, “Robin was one of my kindest and most supportive colleagues while at Penn, and was admired by students and faculty alike.” Dr. Leidner appeared on Danger for two nights in 1995, and sent quirky Groundhog Day cards to friends and family every year.

Dr. Leidner is survived by his mother, Marilyn Leidner; brother, Michael Leidner; sister-in-law, Beth Leidner; nephew, Destin Leidner; and her partner of 35 years, Sam Kaplan.

In Shadow of Tragedy, a Yorktown man conquers a creative project


It was the 1980s and the mother of Jeffrey Veatch’s girlfriend offered an invitation to her workplace that would ultimately change the trajectory of Veatch’s creative life.

Veatch accompanied his girlfriend Marina to Camp Berwick, Dyer Island, Maine, where Marina’s mother was a nurse.

What he saw shocked him.

“Teenagers ran the camp and spent their time learning trades, piloting boats and building the island’s infrastructure,” Veatch explained. “I jokingly called him a real lord of the flies experience.”

Girlfriend Marina soon became his wife Marina, and in the years that followed, the Veatches started a family. First came Justin, then Elena three years later.

Throughout, Camp Berwick fired at Veatch. Something deep and deep was going on in this camp. He wanted to capture this special essence for the world to see.

Veatch began working on a documentary, then a screenplay, while navigating a busy life as a newswriter on a television network, not to mention a family man in Yorktown. The plan was to continue to occasionally delve into this scenario for as long as it took.

And then, in 2008, the world of Veatch was torn to shreds.

Justin, a music lover, only 17 years old, died of an accidental drug overdose.
The storyline was shelved as Veatch turned his attention to creating and building a foundation in his son’s memory. For 13 years, the Justin Veatch Fund has been provide music scholarships and musical events for local students. (Veatch has also created a multimedia conference, A message from Justincarrying the message to thousands of students throughout the northeast).

But after about a dozen of those years, Veatch decided to finish what he started.

The screenplay’s success at a film festival convinced him that the story should be a novel.

“The story of the Dyer Island Boys is even more compelling to me since the loss of our family, because so many teenagers I had met in my interviews, even the most talented among them, struggled to find one direction,” Veatch explained.

This story, The Dyer Island Boys, should be published by Volossal Editions next week, November 28.

The book begins in 1946, when Wick and Doc, two New York-area surgical residents, seek summer adventure and purchase a small, undeveloped island off the coast of Maine.

They end up taking a troubled inner-city teenager, Harry, under their wing.

Half a century passes and Harry returns to Dyer Island to help an elderly Wick deal with a 15-year-old misfit who is wreaking havoc on the camp community.

At the heart of the passion project is Veatch’s admiration for the unique circumstances he discovered all those years ago when a girlfriend’s mother visited his camp. He found a scene that day that would enliven the next more than three decades of his creative life.

“What struck me was the fact that there were no adults in sight and these boys were running things,” Veatch marvels further.

Veatch’s fictional account of this gripping scene will be available in softcover and as an e-book on bookstores next week.

News about the book can be found on his Facebook page; Veatch also plans to hold appearances at local bookstores.
To share

Should you own Archean Chemical after listing pop or book earnings?

Archean Chemical debuted strongly on Dalal Street on Monday, but the premium was lower than market participants expected.

The marine chemicals player debuted at a 10% premium at Rs 450 on the National Stock Exchange (NSE) and Rs 449 on BSE compared to the issue price of Rs 407 each.

After listing, the certificate extended its gains to a further 6% to hit an intraday high of Rs 476.05 on BSE, bringing the overall gains to 17% from the issue price.

The majority of analysts remain positive on the longer-term counter, suggesting investors stay put as they see more steam in stocks. However, a few suggested booking profits after the announcement was posted.

Arafat Saiyed, Senior Research Analyst at

Headlines suggested investors stay invested in the counter for longer. He remains positive on the title.

Manoj Dalmia, founder and director of Proficient Equities, said the show was reasonably priced. Investors can take a defensive approach by adding the stock above Rs 480, Dalmia advised.

The company’s Rs 1,462 crore IPO sold in the range of Rs 386-407 per share and received a strong response from investors. The IPO received over 32.23 bids between November 9-11.

The quota reserved for qualified institutional buyers (QIB) was subscribed 48.91 times while that reserved for non-institutional investors (NII) and traders was subscribed 14.9 times and 9.96 times respectively.

Pravesh Gour, Principal Technical Analyst,

advised investors to lock in listing gains. “Those who requested listing gains can keep a stop loss of Rs 433 in place,” he said.

Archean Chemical Industries is India’s largest exporter of bromine and industrial salt in FY 2020-21. The company is the leading manufacturer of specialty marine chemicals in India.

It is the largest bromine exporter in India and its manufacturing facility is located in Gujarat. They have 18 global customers in 13 countries and 24 domestic customers.

Ravi Singhal, CEO of GCL Securities, said the company reported impressive first-quarter FY23 results that bode well for Archean. Investors are advised to maintain a stop loss at Rs 440 and wait for further upside, Singhal added.

“Those with a medium to long-term outlook can hold the stock by maintaining a stop loss at Rs 410,” he said. In the medium term, Archean Chemical’s share price could go up to Rs 550-570, while in the long term, say next year, it could go up to Rs 640.

(Disclaimer: The recommendations, suggestions, views and opinions given by the experts belong to them. These do not represent the views of Economic Times)

2023 winter operations at the craters of the moon


ARCO, Idaho (KIFI) – Craters of the Moon National Monument and Preserve will close the Robert Limbert Visitor Center and Bookstore on November 28, 2022.

The Loop Road and trails (except the cave area and all caves) are open 24 hours and accessible only by bike, hike, snowshoe, or ski. The Visitor Center will be closed from Monday November 28, 2022 to Thursday January 26, 2023.

Be prepared if visiting the park during this time and expect snow, ice, and winter conditions. No snow removal will take place along Loop Road. The closest restrooms are vaulted restrooms located at the Lava Flow Campground or at the Devils Orchard trailhead. RV camping is not permitted in the Visitor Center parking lot.

The Robert Limbert Visitor Center, bookstore and restrooms will reopen at 9:00 a.m. on Friday, January 27, 2023 for the winter season. Winter hours for the Visitor Center will be 9:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Thursday through Monday, and closed Tuesdays and Wednesdays. Winter surfacing of Loop Road will begin on a weekly basis on Thursday or Friday mornings beginning January 27, 2023, depending on snowfall.

Enjoy groomed cross-country ski trails (snow permitting) after January 27, 2023, or rent snowshoes from the Moon Craters Natural History Association. Ranger-led snowshoe treks will be offered on a limited basis, Thursday through Monday, by reservation only. Check the park’s website for more details. During the winter season, walk-in snow camping is available at Lava Flow Campground, Devils Orchard, Caves area, and Tree Molds parking lots. A free backcountry permit is required and can be obtained from the Visitor Center from 9:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Wednesday through Sunday. Email the park for more information [email protected] or call 208-527-1335.

Bookstore Spotlight: Redbery Books


As a public librarian, it has always been important to me to make the library the community hub for everything, for conversation about books, but also for everything else,” says Maureen Palmer, owner of Redbery Books, a service complete.

general bookstore located in the town of Cable, in northwestern Wisconsin, which has a population of 825. We are definitely a community hub. I don’t expect people who come to buy something every time, but I love it when people come just to hang out and have good conversations.

Palmer was a librarian in Reedsburg, Wis., 230 miles south of Cable, before buying Redbery Books in 2015 from Bev Bauer. Bauer, a retired teacher, had opened the store in 2005, in an 800-square-foot space in the historic Ideal Market building, sharing the location with a grocery store and a restaurant. The building still has its original high tin ceilings, ceiling fans and wooden light fixtures. There’s a stained-glass transom over the door and a counter selling antiques that a store employee said came from Calvin Coolidge’s 1928 “Summer White House” in Superior, Wis. 65 miles north of Cable. Today, this counter houses the cash register, surrounded by local food items, such as maple syrup and coffee beans, as well as travel sticks and souvenir magnets.


Two years after Palmer moved to Cable and took over the business, the grocery store closed and Redbery doubled in size to 1,600 square feet. There is an entrance into Ideal Market, which still houses the restaurant. One of three restaurants in town, its patrons must walk the full length of the bookstore to access it. “People come looking for the restaurant out back, which is famous for its artisan stone-oven pizzas,” Palmer said. “And then there are the people for whom the bookstore is the destination. They are surprised to find a restaurant here, so they decide to check it out. It works well both ways.

Redbery Books draws customers from across the region, with programming that includes author tours by regional favorites such as Peter Geye, William Kent Krueger and Lorna Landvik. There are five book groups – up from six – associated with the store, including a men’s book group with over 20 members. “People here like to read,” Palmer said. “And they crave book clubs, so they can combine their love of reading with a socializing component.”

Redbery’s customer demographics are older, as many people from the Twin Cities retire to the area, a trend that peaked during the pandemic. Recent population growth in Bayfield County, along with an increase in tourism to the area, helped boost sales by 38% for the year to September 2022 compared to the same period in 2019.

Online orders also boosted sales as Palmer upgraded Redbery’s website and social media outlet during the pandemic and began offering free shipping. In 2020-21, the store received a total of 1,624 orders from unique customers across the United States, a number that has dropped to just over 300 so far this year. Some orders came from seasonal customers who wanted to support the store, “but there were also random orders from California, Oregon, the East Coast,” Palmer recalls. “I would ask how they heard about us and they would say, ‘My aunt lives in Duluth’ or ‘My friend told me about you.’ There was a link. Then we were introduced in a BuzzFeed article on the best bookstores in the Midwest and that got a lot of orders from places like Louisiana and other states where I had never had customers.

Palmer, who is the store’s buyer, credits her deep inventory to her staff, whom she describes as “voracious readers who always give me suggestions,” and whom she encourages to fill out order forms for all the books. they have heard of or read about. that they think would sell well.

Plus, she says, her training as a librarian made her a better bookseller. “When I was a librarian, we were constantly getting ideas from our patrons about what they were reading, what they liked, what their favorite book club was reading,” she said. “I take notes when I hear people talking about their favorite book. When they say to me, ‘Have you read this book, which is my favorite book of all time?’ I’m going to bring this book in.

A version of this article originally appeared in the 11/21/2022 issue of Weekly editors under the title: Bookstore Spotlight: Redbery Books

The veteran manager offers 5 “cheap, quality and dividend-paying” stocks that will get you playing one of the biggest themes in tech.


By Barbara Kollmeyer

Critical information for the US trading day

2022 may be remembered as the year investors stopped loving tech stocks.

While the Nasdaq Composite is up around 5.3% this quarter, that’s after three dismal ones, and a 28% loss for the year so far leads it to the worst annual return since 2008.

But don’t completely turn your back on technology, says our call of the day from Nancy Tengler, CEO and chief investment officer of Laffer Tengler Investments, which manages about $1 billion and whose Equity Income and Dynamic US Inflation strategies have returned five – star ratings at Morningstar.

“If the tech trade is over, we’re all going to have problems because the workforce isn’t growing…you see the participation rate going down and the productivity is terrible,” said Tengler, who is part of the financial markets since the 1980s – said MarketWatch in an interview. “We need technology to solve labor shortage problems.”

It may seem odd, as layoffs have been made by tech names including Amazon.com (AMZN) and Meta (META), but Tengler wants investors to keep an eye on what lies ahead when thinking about tech. .

“I think the theme is more about embracing digitalization, the digital revolution of the economy and picking the best old economy companies that are doing it, and then the companies that are providing the digital solutions,” she said. declared.

They also need to tick the quality, cheap, and dividend-paying boxes for Tengler. In this target area, she likes CVS Health (CVS), which now has 46 million and counts digital relationships. “I get a text, they send me the prescription and I pick it up,” she said.

Public Storage PSA (PSA) gets a nod as it is an old economy company benefiting from digitalization. The company raised its guidance on its third-quarter earnings call, with operating margins now above 80%, and its portfolio is growing through acquisitions, it notes. “Customers are staying with their storage units longer because of the cost of housing,” and the interaction is all digital, Tengler said.

Tengler loves Honeywell (HON) – an industrial conglomerate providing solutions for the digital revolution. A beat and higher guidance over the past quarter suggests Honeywell will be actively looking at acquisitions, and a weaker dollar will also be a plus, she said.

Of the Big Tech lot, Tengler says they picked up beaten shares of Microsoft (MSFT). “If the fundamentals of the business are strong, if the management team is great, if they’re an industry leader and good operators, which Microsoft is, then this has historically proven to be the kind period where you want to add names like that,” she said.

“It’s a company that investors will come back to because they have reliable earnings growth,” she said, referring to a key quality that she believes will protect investors as the overall economy slows.

Goldman Sachs (GS) is also mentioned, its favorite financial group headed for a downturn that has “embraced digital”. The stock trades at 11x forward earnings, with a price-to-book ratio of 1.2x, well below that of JPMorgan (JPM), and should benefit from advisory, underwriting, trading and retail banking, and any increase in transaction flow, she said.

As for Tengler’s 20,000 foot vision, she’s worried about deficit spending and the Fed slowing the economy, but even amid 2023 earnings uncertainty, she says she’s starting to add portfolio risk.

“I think investors may not be thinking enough about what can happen in 2023,” Tengler said, in a nod to the extreme pessimism among investors and institutions this year. “Because when the Fed shuts down, or if earnings aren’t as bad as expected…we’re in a position for stocks to rally pretty strong and there’s a lot of people who are going to get caught.”

The best of the web

They Withdrew Money From FTX At Last Minute Before Bankruptcy: ‘Thank God I Dodged It Twice’

One of the most violent nights of protest in Iran leaves a 9-year-old boy and 15 others dead.

Ukraine scrambles to keep the lights on as precision missiles hit key infrastructure as winter approaches

Some GOP megadonors feel less generous when it comes to former President Donald Trump’s 2024 race


Things to think about before housing data:

Read all of @nickgerli1’s thread here

Random plays

New Zealand homeowners are launching a free Tesla to entice buyers as house prices plummet across the country.

The astronomer excluded himself from Twitter for months after sharing a meteor strike.

Danish journalist forced off the air while covering the World Cup in Qatar

Need to Know starts early and updates until the opening bell, but sign up here to get it delivered to your inbox once. The email version will be sent around 7:30 a.m. EST.

Hear the best new ideas i

-Barbara Kollmeyer


(END) Dow Jones Newswire

11-18-22 0338ET

Copyright (c) 2022 Dow Jones & Company, Inc.

Emirates News Agency – Sharjah-India roundtable deepens economic synergies to fuel investment in emirates’ innovation-driven economy


SHARJAH, 17th November 2022 (WAM) – The Sharjah FDI (Invest in Sharjah) office, in collaboration with the Consulate General of India in Dubai, today organized a roundtable on business between Sharjah and India17.e November 2022, at the House of Wisdom, to explore greater economic ties and synergies between Sharjah and India and expand trade, industrial and investment cooperation in several high priority sectors

In line with India’s continued interest in the emirate’s diverse economy and following the groundbreaking Comprehensive Economic Partnership Agreement (CEPA) between the UAE and India signed in February 2022, the roundtable sought to promote investment opportunities in competitive sectors and highlighted the range of services and facilities on offer. by various government organizations in the emirate.

With 15,868 Indian companies operating on the mainland in Sharjah and 10,000 in its Specialized Free Zones, the growing economic and trade relationship between Sharjah and India has seen the value of India’s exports and re-exports reach $1.14 billion. of AED in 2021.

Building on the stability and strength of a rapidly diversifying and deepening bilateral relationship between the emirate and India, the roundtable placed particular emphasis on areas where Indian businesses could engage with Sharjah to increase their presence in the MENA region. The priority sectors highlighted are agriculture and food security, technology and innovation, logistics, tourism and culture, water resources management, energy and renewable energies, and education. .

Over 200 trade professionals from the UAE and India, including entrepreneurs, investors, Sharjah government officials and business stakeholders, attended the Sharjah-India Business Roundtable, which also highlighted how the flexible business environment, ease of doing business and diversification away from oil have solidified the emirate. position as a key investment center in the region.

New heights in bilateral relations

In his welcome note, Ahmed Obaid Al Qaseer, Acting CEO of Sharjah Investment and Development Authority (Shurooq), said that the Sharjah-India Business Roundtable brings the UAE and India closer together, through cooperation and investment opportunities and highlighted how the bilateral trade relations between the two countries are taken to new heights with the implementation of the CEPA agreement since May 2022.

Calling for enhanced partnerships, joint investments and new initiatives in emerging priority sectors, he said, “India is one of the UAE’s top export destinations and trading partners with bilateral trade turnover. of USD 68.4 billion in 2021. During this period, UAE’s exports to India amounted to USD 43.04 billion while India’s exports to UAE amounted to 25, $4 billion Under CEPA, we plan to grow two-way trade between our nations from over $60 billion to $100 billion over the next 5 years.

Extraordinary growth potential

Delivering a keynote address and elaborating on India’s shared commercial ties with the UAE across the centuries, Dr Aman Puri, Consul General of India in Dubai, said: “India and the UAE united are two countries that share a deep and historic relationship, the foundation of which is the strength of its people-to-people relations developed through centuries-old trade relations.

Stating that India is the first country with which the UAE signed the CEPA, he also pointed out that the UAE’s investment of $2 billion to develop a series of integrated food parks across India under the grouping of four nations ‘I2U2’, will not only transform the lives of farmers in India, but also address global food security challenges.

He added that many Indian entrepreneurs, unicorns and tech startups who are considering the UAE as a springboard for their growth will choose Sharjah for their expansion. “There is tremendous potential between the two economies, especially in the area of ​​innovation where Sharjah has a distinctive advantage,” he added.

Investment potential in Sharjah

A panel discussion under the theme “Investment Opportunities in Sharjah”, highlighted the huge opportunity and potential of Sharjah’s favorable business environment and highlighted the competitive advantages of growth in Sharjah’s diverse economy, its fundamental strengths in various sectors and easy access to global markets. .

Frequently updated regulations, world-class infrastructure, an enabling ecosystem and diversification strategies have enhanced Sharjah’s reputation as a global investment hub, said Mohamed Juma Al Musharrkh, CEO, Sharjah FDI Office ( Invest in Sharjah), adding that Sharjah is currently home to more than 25,000 Indian companies, including 15,868 on the mainland and 10,000 in its specialized free zones.

He revealed that to attract and facilitate investment in Sharjah and the UAE, the Invest in Sharjah roadshows will focus on Indian markets in 2023.

He added, “I invite Indian companies to come and be part of our new frontier sectors which promise great growth potential. Investors and entrepreneurs can benefit from the services of the Sharjah Investor Services Center (SAEED) which offers a full range of government solutions to set up businesses with speed and efficiency.

Innovative investment environment

“Innovation, knowledge and science are the future of economies and the UAE and India are two countries ready to develop it further,” said Hussein Al Mahmoudi, CEO of Sharjah Research Technology and Innovation Park ( SRTIP).

He added, “Indian investors will find a fantastic innovation ecosystem at SRTIP that includes best-in-class infrastructure in terms of labs, facilities and services. Close to the University City, home to 22 universities, investors will have full access to talented human capital and technology to meet their diverse innovation needs.

The unparalleled creative environment, perfect investment climate, cost-effective solutions and state-of-the-art infrastructure have made Sharjah Media City (Shams) the first choice for companies in the creative industries, said Shihab Alhammadi, Managing Director of Shams . .

He added: “Designed to fill the gaps in the free zone sector, Shams was conceived as a hub of creativity and innovation and has since attracted talent and innovative companies from around the world to the emirate. .”

Complete ecosystem in Sharjah

Dr. Sunny Kurian MBBS, MD, Founding Chairman of Dr. Sunny Healthcare Group, which started as a private practitioner in the emirate 30 years ago and has since grown and diversified into multiple sectors, credited the warmth of the people and the emirate’s “positive buzz and energy” for its success. “Adapting and innovating are the main drivers of change and what has helped me is the enabling environment for growth in Sharjah”, did he declare.

Discussing how Sharjah Publishing’s City Free Zone facilities propelled a segment of his company’s growth – from 30 employees to 180 in just two months, Dheeraj Aggarwal, co-founder and CEO of Altruist Technologies, said said: “What Sharjah offers entrepreneurs is a complete ecosystem to grow. Its state-of-the-art infrastructure and ease of doing business is a dream come true for investors. »

He added, “Sharjah is the perfect place to do business, especially if it is a people-intensive business.

Presenting a comprehensive overview of the CEPA agreement signed between the UAE and Sharjah earlier this year, K. Kalimuthu, Consul (Economics, Trade and Commerce) at the Consulate General of India in Dubai, said that the agreement came into force because the United Arab Emirates is India. third trading partner, second export market and eighth investor. With $85 billion, India is also a key investor in the UAE and a key export market valued at $30 billion, he added.

Reserved for life in Goa…

A new bookstore in Goa’s Panjim celebrates the joy of picture books and second-hand books.
This bookstore, in Panjim of Goa, is a new bookstore with a difference. It has a section where you can buy books and another that serves as a reading room.
Image: Courtesy of this bookstore.

Once upon a time, during America’s Great Depression, female librarians traveled on horseback and on mules carrying books through remote areas of Kentucky. This library of pack horses or “women of the book” traveled far and wide to serve families and schools, providing reading lessons and reading in Appalachia. Their story is immortalized in the 2008 children’s book, This woman delivers, by Heather Hensen. Several years later, an avid reader sitting in Goa decided to turn to this book for inspiration by naming her bookstore.

between pages

And so, This library was born in 2022. The bookstore was the highlight of Barkha Sharda and Kumar Chitrang’s year doing pop-ups, attending markets and events, and promoting picture books and books. opportunity. Tucked away at the back of a residential building in a shady Altinho lane, the bookstore is felt with a cat logo. A black cat with a pink nose looks curiously at passers-by. The couple love and have cats, and hope to one day make them residents of the store. For now, the only animals are in the picture books.

This bookstore in goa
Barkha Sharda and Kumar Chitrang’s That Book Store in Goa offers (mostly) children’s books and a few graphic novels. Image: Courtesy of this bookstore.

It was the birth of their son in 2019 that proved to be the catalyst for Sharda to fulfill her dream of opening a bookstore. The former Moira Learning Center educator gave up her job to be home, and her desire to provide her son with quality children’s books beyond bestsellers and white authors compelled her to also working to preserve books for others. “I’ve always wanted to open a bookstore, but I never thought I could,” says Sharda. In the pandemic, the idea took shape.

A page turner

Last October, they made their first pop-up at Dasya Family Flea in Porvorim. Then Hilltop Market came calling and pretty soon they were doing at least three markets/pop-ups a week. Gradually, an Instagram page was created and a WhatsApp group – through which they would send curated book lists to those interested. Sales picked up through word of mouth. “Being in these markets has helped us connect with many interested people,” Sharda adds.

Handpicked books at this bookstore
This bookstore started with picture books. Each book is handpicked and priced below MRP. Image: Courtesy of this bookstore.

A physical space was still under construction. In August, the right place fell on them. “The space was just enough. And no matter how many visitors, there wouldn’t be too much noise,” she explains. This bookstore occupies a large room, neatly divided into two parts: one for books to buy and a reading section.

The books are organized, but not in the usual way: the shelves contain “books with many stories” (anthologies) or “books without pictures” (adult fiction). The reading room invites people to come and spend the day browsing the books of their choice, for Rs 99 (per day). This section has a whole collection of adult books, including graphic novels.

This bookstore for book lovers
This bookstore is a comfortable space for book lovers, whether they just want to browse or make a purchase. Photo: Joanna Lobo.

The couple started with picture books and a few adult options and now also sell new books; price below MRP. Every book in That Book Store has been handpicked; they do not seek donations but purchase their own books from wholesalers selling unused books. Since the curation is not thematic or geographical, it makes navigation fun. For those who like a bit of a risk with their reading, they have a loot bag section – books packaged with a phrase offering a clue to its type/genre.

It’s all in the writing

This bookstore is a valuable addition to the small but eclectic collection of bookstores and lending libraries in Goa. Last week, based in Bengaluru Books of Champaca opened its first branch in Anjuna, offering an eclectic collection of writings and a section dedicated to Goan literature. Many bookstores, like That Book Store, champion second-hand books – “think of it this way, those second-hand books also have their own stories beyond what’s written in their pages”.

The flying goat bookstore in goa
The Flying Goat is another bookstore in Goa which is a cafe as well as a pre-loved bookstore. Image: Courtesy of Flying Goat.

In the North East The flying goata café and a pre-loved bookstore that has over 5,000 books (all for sale except for a few rare books, art books, and a few coffee table books that are for in-house reading only).

In Anjuna, but operating largely online, is Booklet, which delivers books to your doorstep (on a cycle). Calangute has Literacya bookstore-café offering new, used and old books.

To the south is the popular Dogears Bookstorean independent bookstore that also collects donations and sells used books.

Dogears bookstore in Goa
Dogears Bookshop in South Goa is another gem that sells used books.
Photo: Joanna Lobo.

The future of That Book Store is busy. Sharda wants to work with organizations to organize book exchanges. This week they hosted the first edition of their book club – “a book club, really” – inviting people to share their own and others’ writings on the subject of grief. Coming soon, book fairs, children’s workshops in different spaces, a stand at Serendipity and internal workshops. And, if all goes well, there will soon be cats to accompany your reading sessions.

This bookstore is located in Altinho. Open Friday to Tuesday from 12 p.m. to 8 p.m. Membership is Rs 99/day, Rs 299/week and Rs 999/month. This is not a lending library. The average cost of books on sale is Rs 200.

Read more.
Make It Happen has some untold “Goa stories” to tell you in November
Introspect or just stumble in Goa, Chorao Island is the place to be
South Goa on a set: The SoGo no one knows about!

The Blue Collar Bookseller Review: Building a Better Mousetrap | Comments


“If a man can write a better book, preach a better sermon, or make a better mousetrap than his neighbor…” Ralph Waldo Emerson

Yeah, build a better mousetrap and the world will make its way to your doorstep, but you’re just gonna have to reseed the lawn, and that’s not the point is it? You want to catch the little bugger running around in your wall.

You could just buy yourself a cat. Now, living in rural Pennsylvania in what was essentially a converted barn, I expected to have a rodent problem. I also expected my cats to catch mice. Fortunately, there are several ways to skin a cat or catch a mouse.

The traditional spring trap works with mixed results, the mouse may grab the bait and run, you may forget to check the trap, only to be reminded that you caught something by the stench that greets you when you return home after a long day. at work, or your children and pets may enjoy triggering it.

Believe me. You don’t want to weave storytelling magic in the middle of the night when a trap goes off and the pet hamster goes missing. I also found the sticky paper to be a cruel way to catch mice, and the mice quickly learned to avoid areas containing the sticky surface.

You can opt for a small live trap if you want, but why go to all the expense when a bit of duct tape, a cardboard paper towel tube and a 5 gallon bucket can quickly be turned into a good trap? market ?

Simply place the tube on the edge of a counter that has been visited overnight by your little furry pests. Glue it down leaving about two inches hanging down from the edge. You are going to want to put a slight bend in the tube right at the edge of the counter.

Smear some peanut butter in the tube overhanging the bucket you have prepared to catch the vermin, and when the mouse enters the tube to take the bait, the tube bends and slides it into the waiting receptacle. You can then decide to feed it to the lazy cat, flush it down the toilet, or release it into your neighbor’s garden.

A frugal friend suggested this to me years ago, and it worked many times, except for the times when my cats decided to let their curiosity run wild and knocked my contraption to the floor.

I was recently reintroduced to this trick in Manskills: How to Ace Life’s Challenges, Save the World, and Wow the Crowd, a book by Chris Peterson and published by Cool Springs Press. It’s packed with quick tips, tricks, and skills that any man or woman will find useful.

There are techniques for splitting wood, recaulking your tub, and snaking a clog. In just two paragraphs, you can learn how to take care of that cigarette burn your friend left on the carpet.

You may have never used a cookie cutter before, but it could be for more than just baking. Sleep easy with the money you save and learning how to stop the toilet from leaking. It’s probably just the valve seat or a pull chain that’s too short. This time, you can expect to get your entire security deposit back…

Building a better mousetrap? Or if it ain’t broke, don’t fix it? Comment and let me know.

Want to know more about cats that work in a bookstore and don’t smile? You can read Huck & Finn, Bookstore Cats. A book about a day in the life of Huck & Finn and what they do at the bookstore.

Kevin Coolidge is currently a full-time factory worker and part-time bookseller at From My Shelf Books & Gifts in Wellsboro, Pennsylvania. When he is not working, he writes. He is also a children’s author and creator of The Totally Ninja Raccoons, a children’s series aimed at reluctant readers. Visit his author site at kevincoolidge.org

Keep your news local

Access to independent local news is important, do you agree?

We work hard to provide timely and relevant news, free of charge. 100% of your contribution to NorthcentralPa.com directly helps us cover news and events in the area.

Thanks for saying that local news matters!

Experts offer advice on how to stretch your budget this holiday season amid ‘skyrocketing’ inflation


If you noticed stores jumping into holiday wear earlier than ever, at the end of September this year, give yourself credit for noticing a historic trend, driven by economic trends.

Stores began Christmas and holiday promotions and displays after being bloated with inventory – while staggering inflation set us all back.

“Everyone, including us, is more broke, so maybe we’ll have a little less this Christmas,” Jennifer Shapaka said, as she pondered her shopping list.

According to the National Retail Federation, 43% of people polled in a nationwide survey said that because of inflation, they weren’t earning enough to buy all the gifts on their list this year. So to keep up with prices and demand, 32% plan to take on more credit card debt as interest rates rise.

A total of 22% even plan to sell assets just to pay for freebies this year.

“You definitely feel the pinch,” said Steve Harper, who brought his two sons to Seattle from San Francisco, thinking the vacation deals might be a little better here.

Harper said he’s made a firm list and is committed to getting the best deal for the computers and gaming systems his sons Cade and Emerson demand, and he won’t smother those brothers with more than “stuff”.

“I’m going to be a little more specific about what I’m getting and making sure it matters,” he said.

Harper brings us to pro tip number one. Budget experts recommend using a gift tracker app to help you track priorities, prices, and total spend.

“I could always buy a bigger item, but not just what I want, when I want,” he said.

Harper is also part of a major new trend this year: start holiday shopping before Halloween.

According to Leah Logan, retail expert at Inmar Intelligence, 40% of consumers plan to shop earlier than last year, which brings us to the next pro tip: This year, you’ll likely find your best deals long before Black Friday. Backlogs of pandemic supply chain restrictions kicked in in August, filling inventory — often beyond a store’s capacity.

“The first buyer is the smart buyer,” she said. “It’s because the retailers are running the promotions now and the product is available now.”

“Black Friday isn’t really Black Friday anymore,” she said. “It’s a bit like Black Fridays and Cyber ​​​​Weeks!

Target and Walmart started Black Friday sales more than a month ago on Oct. 10, about three weeks earlier than ever before.

Amazon launched a second Prime Day the same week.

“Ninety percent of consumers would base their purchasing decisions on the availability of discounts and promotions,” Logan said.

And that’s our next pro tip: Ensuring you’re getting the best price can be as simple as scanning a barcode with your phone.

Price comparison apps like ShopSavvy can be a real weapon in the fight against inflation. They track price changes over time and where to find the best price.

The Camelizer app performs a similar type of price comparison and trend analysis when shopping on Amazon.

Pro tip number 4: financial advisors recommend make a budget, give your list spending limits – which many people find very difficult.

“Budget? That word is not in my vocabulary,” said Tanya Butler, a client visiting Seattle from Arizona.

Experts say inflation is causing many of us to rethink gifts to give less.

“There seems to be more of a focus on creating appropriate family experiences, maybe mini-trips,” Logan said.

Oil prices have fueled an explosion in the cost of travel. Since November 2021, air fares have increased by 43%.

“Unfortunately, the consumer is squeezed at every end,” said Yannis Moati of Hotels by Day, a company that offers daytime deals — with amenities — at top-rated hotels at a fraction of the nightly rate.

Moati offered some pro tips. You may have heard that buying airline tickets “incognito” on your browser is a good idea.

Yannis says using a VPN to hide where you shop can get you cheaper plane tickets. “Some flight search sites offer drastically different prices depending on your location.” he said.

“If you were to have an Apple computer and you’re based in California, and you’re used to buying something at a high price, you might be offered a slightly higher price than someone else in somewhere else in the country,” Moati said.

Moati added to avoid booking on a Friday or Saturday. The best day to book a plane ticket, according to Moati and the Airlines Reporting Corporation, is a Sunday. The reasons behind this advice are complicated, but some travel experts suggest you could save 5-15% by shopping online on a Sunday, early in the week.

Moati also gave us a hack that could save you 30% on a hotel stay, and it’s hard for planners: he says try to book a hotel at the last minute.

“Book last minute with a hotel and by last minute I mean 48 hours from where you would like to stay,” he said, admitting you have to be flexible and patient.

Whether you’re doing your holiday shopping sooner or later, the National Retail Federation says most people won’t cut back on the amount they spend, despite inflated prices.

“I think they’re spending the same amount — I think they’re just getting less,” Logan said.

Government panel asks Congress to review China’s trade status


China’s trade policies ‘exacerbate distortions in global economy’, commission says

Chinese President Xi Jinping/Getty Images

Anna Allen • November 15, 2022 4:30 p.m.

A bipartisan panel convened by Congress is recommending that Congress review China’s trade status after finding that the country’s trade policies are inconsistent with its protocol for joining the World Trade Organization.

US-China Economic and Security Review Commission finds China’s ‘subsidies, overcapacity, intellectual property theft and non-trade protectionist policies’ are not consistent to the “spirit and letter” of the WTO protocols and “aggravate the distortions of the world economy”. Reviewing China’s trade relationship topped the committee’s 39 recommendations to Congress, released in an annual report on Tuesday. If a congressional review finds China is not following WTO protocols, the committee recommends that Congress suspend China’s ‘permanent normal trade relations’ status, which the United States established in a landmark agreement in 1999.

The report comes the day after President Joe Biden met with Chinese leader Xi Jinping to discuss deteriorating relations between the two countries — a meeting Rep. Michael McCaul (R., Texas) feared would only expose the Biden’s inability to stand up to China.

“We’re going to compete vigorously, but I’m not looking for conflict. I’m looking to run this competition responsibly,” Biden told reporters after the three-hour meeting.

The US-China Economic and Security Review Commission was organized to investigate the national security implications of US-China economic policies. The commission recommended a 90-day deadline for consideration by Congress.

“There is a cost associated with China’s predatory trade practices on American workers and industries that has been well documented since joining the WTO,” said Kim Glas, vice chair of the commission. the wall street journal. “We’re asking Congress to do a systematic and thorough review of this and determine what a normalized trade relationship would look like.”



Have you lost money on your investments in Polished.com? If yes, please visit Polished.com Inc. Shareholder Class Action or contact Pierre Allocco at (212) 951-2030 Where [email protected] to discuss your rights.

NEW YORK, Nov. 15, 2022 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Bernstein Liebhard LLP, a nationally recognized investor rights law firm, reminds investors of the deadline to file a motion as lead plaintiff in the of a securities class action lawsuit that has been filed on behalf of the investors who purchased or otherwise acquired the securities of Polished.com Inc. f/k/a Goedeker Inc. (“Polished”, “Goedeker” or the “ Company”): (i) pursuant to and/or the registration statement and the prospectus (collectively, the “Registration Statement”) issued in connection with the Company’s 2020 initial public offering (l “IPO” or “the offering”); and/or (ii) between July 27, 2020 and August 25, 2022 inclusive (the “Class Period”). The lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York and alleges violations of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Defendant Polished claims to sell furniture, fitness equipment, plumbing fixtures, televisions, outdoor appliances and patio furniture, as well as commercial appliances for builders and commercial customers as a destination of content and technology-driven buying for appliances, furniture and household items. .

On July 20, 2022, the Company changed its name from “1847 Goedeker Inc.” to “Polished.com Inc.” As part of the name change, the Company’s common stock ceased trading under the symbol ” GOED” and started trading under the symbol “POL”.

On August 3, 2020, the Company filed with the SEC the final IPO prospectus on Form 424B4, which forms part of the IPO registration statement. During the IPO, the company sold 1,111,200 shares at $9.00 per share.

Plaintiff alleges that Defendants made materially false and misleading statements in the Registration Statement and throughout the Class Period. Specifically, the plaintiff alleges that the defendants failed to disclose, among others, that: (1) the Company would restate certain financial statements; (2) the Company’s internal controls were inadequate; (3) the Company downplayed and obscured its internal control issues; and (4) as a result, the Company would have an independent investigation.

On March 29, 2021, after market hours, the Company filed with the SEC a report on Form 8-K (“Restatement 8-K”), which announced, among other things, that the Company’s financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, should no longer be relied upon.

On August 15, 2022, after market hours, Polished advised investors that it would not be filing its “quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2022 (“second quarter 10-Q” in a timely manner). ) within the prescribed time” because the Company needed more time to complete a recently announced investigation.

On August 25, 2022, after market hours, the company’s current report on Form 8-K was accepted by the SEC. This report announced that the company was no longer in compliance with US NYSE rules because the company had not filed its quarterly report in a timely manner, and that the company had automatically received an extension until February 23, 2023 to regain conformity.

Also on August 25, 2022, after market hours, the Company issued a press release titled “Polished.com Provides Corporate Updates; Hires Leading Strategy Consulting Firm and Receives Notice from NYSE Regarding Late Filing of Form 10-Q,” which announced the NYSE Notice and also announced that the firm had engaged “a leading strategic advisory firm with expertise in retail and e-commerce operations to augment its management, identify opportunities to accelerate long-term profitable growth and, separately, potentially accelerate the ongoing investigation by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

On October 18, 2022, the Company issued a press release titled “Polished.com Announces Management Transition” which announced that defendants Albert Fouerti, Maria Johnson and Elie Fouerti had resigned from their positions with the Company effective October 14, 2022.

If you wish to act as the main plaintiff, you must apply to the court no later than December 30, 2022. A lead plaintiff is a representative party acting on behalf of other class members to direct litigation. Your ability to participate in any recovery does not require you to serve as the primary plaintiff. If you choose to do nothing, you can remain an absent member of the group.

If you purchased or otherwise acquired Polish securities, and/or wish to discuss your legal rights and options please visit Polished.com Inc. Shareholder Class Action or contact Pierre Allocco at (212) 951-2030 or [email protected].

Since 1993, Bernstein Liebhard LLP has recovered over $3.5 billion for its clients. In addition to representing individual investors, the firm has been retained by some of the nation’s largest public and private pension funds to oversee their assets and bring lawsuits on their behalf. Following its success in hundreds of lawsuits and class actions, the firm has been named to the National Law Journal’s “plaintiffs list” thirteen times and listed in The Legal 500 for ten consecutive years.

LAWYER ADVERTISING. © 2022 Bernstein Liebhard LLP. The law firm responsible for this advertisement is Bernstein Liebhard LLP, 10 East 40th Street, New York, New York 10016, (212) 779-1414. Past results do not guarantee or predict a similar outcome with respect to any future matter.

Contact information:

Pierre Allocco
Bernstein Liebhard LLP
(212) 951-2030
[email protected]

The Story of Shoebert, Coming to a Bookstore Near You | New


BEVERLY — The Shoebert phenomenon has spawned a craze for merchandise that includes T-shirts, sugar cookies, ice cream and chocolates. Now the story of the charismatic gray seal extends into the realm of literature.

At least two children’s books based on Shoebert’s adventures, both written by Beverly locals, are now available. One is of Stanley Forman, a Pulitzer Prize-winning photographer, and his wife, Debbie; the other is from Sarah Hastings, a preschool teacher.

“It’s a wonderful, upbeat, happy story,” Stanley Forman said. “I think it’s something parents will read to their kids.”

Shoebert, for those who need to be reminded, caused a stir in Beverly and beyond this fall when he walked from the ocean to Shoe Pond at the Cummings Center. He hung around the pond for a few weeks, drawing adoring crowds, before taking a middle-of-the-night hike through the parking lot to the police station. He was taken to the Mystic Aquarium in Connecticut before being released back into the ocean. A tracking device shows that he returned to the ocean near the North Shore.

Forman, who won three Pulitzer Prizes as a photographer for the Boston Herald American, and still works as a freelance photographer and videographer, went to the pond every day to take pictures of Shoebert. One day he even spoke to her. “I said, ‘Hi Shoebie,’ and waved my keys,” Forman said. “He was looking at me.”

Forman said he told his wife how much he missed Shoebert after he left Beverly, so she started acting like she was Shoebert. “She said, ‘One day I was swimming in Beverly Harbor. I saw a lot of beautiful fish and I decided to follow them,’ and I said, ‘Oh my God, I have to do a book.’ “, Forman said.

The softcover book is titled “Shoebert’s Great Adventure”. It includes over 20 photos of Forman, with each page telling Shoebert’s story in chronological order. The cover was designed by Anna Mourer, art teacher at Beverly Middle School. The book will be available on the website www.blurb.com/ and at Sweetwater & Co. in Beverly Farms, Forman said. A portion of the proceeds will go to the Mystic Aquarium.

Forman, 77, retired last year from full-time work. He has been searching for police scanner information for decades and has won Pulitzer Prizes for his famous photos of a 2-year-old girl and her 19-year-old godmother plunging to the ground during a stairway collapse. relief in 1975, and a teenage white man pointing an American flag at a black man during an anti-bus protest in 1976.

Teaming up with his wife to write a light-hearted story of a friendly seal has been “wonderful,” he said, especially in light of the fact that they spend so much of their time watching their pup. 14-month-old son, Liam, to whom they dedicated the book.

“We had a lot of fun,” Forman said.

While Forman followed Shoebert with his camera, Hastings frequently visited the Shoe Pond in her work as a nanny and babysitter.

“One of the boys I’m with is 3 and a half and he’s really bonded,” she said. “He was like, ‘Where’s Shoebert?’ and I was like, ‘He’ll come back someday.'”

“We started talking about the story – the rescue workers, how he walked to the police station, his doctor’s appointment at Mystic Aquarium – and before we knew it, it was a book,” Hastings said. “I spend a lot of my days reading a lot of children’s books and I’ve always wanted to write one.”

Hastings, 29, wrote the story in rhyme and did the illustrations herself. The paperback is called “Shoebert the Traveling Seal”. It is published by The Book Shop in Beverly Farms under its Industry Books LLC imprint and costs $14.99. Pre-orders are available at https://bookshopofbeverlyfarms.com/item/TNRw5nxbGqT5eYF9zbuBMA. One dollar from each purchase will go to the Mystic Aquarium.

“It was a cute moment in history,” Hastings said. “If the children see the book, they can say, ‘I remember it’.”

Marketing Coordinator – Pedestrian Jobs


Walker Books Australia is an award-winning publishing house. For nearly thirty years, we’ve been publishing exceptional children’s books for readers of all ages.

We have an exciting opportunity for an organized and passionate Marketing Coordinator to join our dynamic and growing Marketing and Advertising team.

In this multi-faceted role, you:

  • Create and follow calendars for yourself and the team, keeping records and minutes of campaigns and cross-departmental requirements.
  • Obtain quotes and source vendors for marketing materials.
  • Write copy and brief designs, especially for print and digital/B2B business materials.
  • And perform a wide range of other administrative and marketing tasks

You will be:

  • Be a deadline-oriented team player with the ability to juggle tasks
  • Appreciate hands-on work in a small team
  • Feel satisfied to help in the smooth running of the department as well as in your own tasks.
  • Have demonstrated excellent written communication skills.

You ideally have at least two years of experience in a marketing function or in bookstores/publishing. An experience in In-design would also be an asset.

This is a full time position on a one year contract. The position is based in the Sydney office and we offer flexible working hours and work from home options.

If this sounds like you, please apply with a CV and cover letter describing your experience.

About Us

We are a creative work culture that closely matches the diversity of our readership. We seek candidates from all walks of life to ensure we get the best, most creative talent on our team. We are proud of our reputation, values ​​and culture and are committed to continuous improvement, especially in the area of ​​diversity and inclusion, both in the books and creators we publish and in our processes. internal.

Closing of applications on November 28, 2022

Strictly no agencies please

Penguin Random House chief says Arab world ‘has a lot to offer’ in publishing


There is no denying the diversity of Arab culture, rich in history with a long tradition of storytelling. But it seems that Arab stories are not reaching their target audience in the region and beyond.

At the Frankfurt Book Fair last month, the Abu Dhabi Arabic Language Center hosted a number of panel discussions exploring how the challenges facing Arabic literature and the Arabic publishing market could be overcome. .

Earlier in May, at the International Congress of Publishing and Creative Industries in Abu Dhabi, concerns about the rise of digital piracy, respect for authors’ intellectual property, reading education and the challenges of distribution were at the forefront of the discussions.

Any reader of Arabic literature will profess that there are challenges around the publishing infrastructure in the Arab world. Simply put, not all books published in Arabic are easily accessible to those who want to read them, and not all Arabic language writers feel their work has the platforms and support it deserves.

However, as evidenced by the impressive turnout at this year’s Sharjah International Book Fair, which runs until Sunday, judging by the sessions, award ceremonies and conversations on the ground, there has a sense of urgency and the regional publishing industry is taking matters into its own hands in heading in the right direction.

Penguin Random House Managing Director Markus Dohle was at the book fair for the first time and commented on the growth and positive energy present during the book festival.

“We’re seeing growth, both in international distribution here, but also in local publishing,” Dohle said. The National.

“The book fair is growing every year and has become a huge international center, for publishing, for publishing executives, for booksellers from all over the world and for readers.”

Dohle’s visit is a sign that big names like Penguin Random House are interested in the area. On the one hand, some of the company’s titles, such as the long-awaited memoir of Prince Harry Spare, clearly strike a chord in different markets thanks to our common global culture. .

“He’s one of the most interesting and well-known public figures in the world in recent history,” says Dohle. “For us as publishers to be a part of bringing his experiences nationally and globally, family and beyond, to the world is an honor.”

On the other hand, Penguin Random House is also keen to support local culture and voices, whether that means engaging in publishing opportunities or exploring the region’s literary landscape and writing talent. .

“In publishing, it’s always one book at a time, one story at a time,” says Dohle.

“We are used to bringing international voices to the region, but we are learning to understand the local culture, local writing talent and the writing community. And we need time to find the best voices that we then hope to bring to the world.

Storytelling is tied to the human experience, a way to overcome challenges, create connections and understand the world around us. But that can’t happen if the books aren’t published, and a lack of diversity in the industry is a major challenge here in the Arab world.

In the context of Arabic writing, especially Arabic fiction, concerning both books in translation and books by writers from the Arab diaspora, there simply isn’t enough.

At Hisham Matar The return won the 2017 Pulitzer Prize for Biography or Autobiography, Omani author Jokha Alharthi Celestial bodies won the International Man Booker Prize in 2019, the collection of poetry by Lebanese writer Zeina Hashem Beck O was published this year in the Penguin Poets series, making her the first Arab poet to do so. These graphic novels and a number of recently released graphic novels and young adult fiction are just the beginning of what should be a larger and more diverse literary selection of what Arab writers have to offer.

Dohle says that to see real, organic diversity, change must start internally within the publishing houses themselves.

“We have publishing houses around the world on six continents in more than 25 countries,” he says.

“Over time, our community must represent the population of the society, the nation and the culture. Once we achieve this goal, we will be able to attract more diverse editing and writing talent, and with that more diverse stories. Once we have that, we can publish more diverse stories to a more diverse audience. But it starts with us.

In recent years, social media has helped bring issues of diversity, particularly in fiction, to the forefront of discussion about books and reading. Author Corinne Duyvis coined the now-industry staple #OwnVoices hashtag to highlight books where the creators or main characters come from underrepresented or marginalized communities.

In 2020, #PublishingPaidMe was a social media campaign on Twitter where writers shared book advancements online. The viral campaign revealed significant pay disparities and inequalities in advancement and opportunity between writers of color and white writers.

Also in 2020, The New York Times published How white is the book industry?an article revealing that of 7,124 books published by major publishing houses between 1950 and 2018, 95% were written by white authors.

The diversity of authors and stories at major publishing houses has increased in recent years, but there is no quick fix to this obvious imbalance.

“We are making progress,” Dohle said. “It’s not a sprint. It’s a marathon. But I think we’ve finally gotten tangible and measurable about it and I think that’s a big step that the industry has never taken before.

The publishing industry is one of those rare businesses where creativity and commerce meet. And while it may seem like streaming platforms might be competing with reading, it has actually helped give a platform to diverse voices and inspired a return to reading.

“10 or 15 years ago, we had maybe 10 or 15 stories that were translated into video content,” says Dohle. “Today? It’s well over 100 because of the growth of video through streaming, and people watching these shows, they go back to the original story, and they buy and read the book.

boobies rich asian, To all the boys I’ve loved before and Bridgertonto name a few, are all commercially and critically acclaimed movies and shows that have been adapted from novels and entice audiences to read the original source material.

So it seems natural that with diverse voices from around the world carving their way into the mainstream and connecting with an audience, it’s only a matter of time before stories from the Arab world and about the world Arab, by Arabs, do the same.

“I always say money gets jealous and follows the best stories,” Dohle says.

“We need to find the most compelling writers, help them perfect their stories and the package, and then launch it out into the world.

“And I think this area has a lot to offer, both in fiction and non-fiction because of the rich history and culture here.”

Scroll through the gallery below to see 19 graphic novels set in the Middle East

Updated: November 13, 2022, 04:43

Don’t Cancel Amy Coney Barrett’s Book



Kudos to Penguin Random House for sticking with its plan to publish a book by Judge Amy Coney Barrett despite a petition from hundreds of people who work in publishing arguing that the company should cancel the volume due to the author’s vote to overturn Roe v. Wade.

Some of the petition signatories are writers I admire. Some are booksellers. Others work at Penguin Random House, a division of which has published many of my books, and so may well be people who have helped my career. However, with all due respect, I am forced to disagree with the dissent of the petitioners.

The free flow of information and ideas is just as important to democracy as a free and fair vote, and serious books are a crucial tool in that flow. It is by stemming this current that democracies decline. This is one of the main reasons why a thriving publishing industry is so important.

Granted, the petitioners expressly disavow any intention of censorship, but then they hit us with such gems as this: “Penguin Random House needs to decide whether to fund its position at the expense of human rights in order to inflate its financial results, or to truly defend the values ​​it proudly defends.

Do you see the problem? People may have different “values” than the publisher, but the publisher should not distribute their books. It’s hard to see how a volume arguing for a “bad” position could pass this test.

Perhaps their concern is simply that the $2 million price tag is too high. But to publish a book, you have to buy the rights. And while the economics of publishing progress is controversial, the company must believe that the sales will justify the figure. In other words, whatever one thinks of the author’s views, his arguments are meant to find an audience.

Then there’s this: “We can’t sit idly by while our industry abuses free speech to destroy our rights.” I always read such rhetoric with a chill. This was precisely the case advanced by the McCarthyists, who always insisted that they were all in favor of free speech, even as they set out to compile lists of people whose opinions they regarded as too harmful – too detrimental to democracy – to justify their publication.

Even beyond the notorious “Hollywood Ten”, there were blacklists everywhere. And a little wonder. Advocacy for free and open debate has come to be seen as a smokescreen for the destruction of democracy. A letter to the Hartford Courant claimed that “Communist degraders of free speech” must themselves be “cracked down”. In a 1948 opinion poll by Roper, only half of American respondents said freedom of speech was an important right. A 1955 survey found that only about a quarter of respondents would tolerate a communist speaking in their communities, and two-thirds thought those with communist views should lose their jobs. As the jurist Geoffrey Stone said, “the only ‘safe’ way was to join nothing.”

Publishing is no better. Dashiell Hammett, who went to jail rather than name names, was let down by the industry and found his best-selling novels suddenly out of print. Government libraries threw away the books of those who were now disadvantaged. Even books slated for publication have been cancelled. In 1953, for example, Little Brown changed his mind about the publication of a volume by historian Robert K. Murray, whose only offense was to chronicle the wrongs committed in the first Red Scare under Woodrow Wilson. To release such a volume was too great a risk at a time when even the publishing industry – understandably, but to its shame – spent a lot of time looking over its shoulder, hoping not to embarrass itself. It wasn’t until after McCarthy’s downfall that the University of Minnesota Press agreed to market Murray’s book.

Then as now, it is the responsibility of the publishing industry to fight for the vigorous expression of unpopular ideas… and to do its part to ensure that they are heard.

My personal library includes books written by many people whom I consider to be wrong on fundamental issues. To pick one at random, I have a first edition of James J. Kilpatrick’s volume The Southern Case for School Segregation, published in 1962. He’s got just about everything wrong, but so what? I don’t read books to be confirmed in what I already believe. I read to be challenged, to be questioned, to be forced to come up with better arguments.

Above all, I read to understand how thoughtful people come to different conclusions than I do – especially on topics I’m passionate about.

Nor would I refuse to read a book because of the author’s opinions or history. Hugo Black was a member of the Ku Klux Klan, but I discover something new every time I leaf through his book on the Bill of Rights. Bobby Fischer was a vicious anti-Semite, but I treasure his “60 Memorable Games.” And so on.

I certainly understand why those who signed the petition want Roe v. Wade was not canceled. Right now, I’d bet Republican politicians across the country want the same thing. But those who appreciate books should take a longer view.

The signatories accuse Judge Barrett of “imposing his own religious and moral agenda on all Americans while appropriating the rhetoric of impartiality.” Maybe they are right; maybe they are wrong. As a serious reader, all I can say is that by stirring up controversy, they made me want to read the book and form my own opinion.

More from Bloomberg Opinion:

• If Lauren Boebert loses, abortion will be the main reason: Julianna Goldman

• Concession speeches are the note of grace America needs now: Stephen L. Carter

• Republicans misjudged the power of abortion: Sarah Green Carmichael

This column does not necessarily reflect the opinion of the Editorial Board or of Bloomberg LP and its owners.

Stephen L. Carter is a Bloomberg Opinion columnist. A law professor at Yale University, he is the author, most recently, of “Invisible: the story of the black lawyer who shot down America’s most powerful gangster”.

More stories like this are available at bloomberg.com/opinion

Mina Rashid wins two prestigious awards at the 2022 World Travel Awards


With ever-increasing capacity and constant innovation, Mina Rashid has become a preferred destination for cruise passengers around the world. At the same time, he transformed Dubai from a dhow-based trade facilitator into a global community hub for the maritime sector.

Mina Rashid’s outstanding performance and excellence has been recognized for the 15th consecutive year at the 2022 World Travel Awards. is held on October 23 in Jordan and the world’s first cruise port on November 11 at the Grand Final Gala Ceremony in Oman.

Hamza Mustafa, COO of P&O Marinas, a DP World company said: “Mina Rashid’s robust port infrastructure and state-of-the-art terminals have cemented Dubai’s status as a global tourism hub and key gateway for regional and international cruise itineraries. With these awards, we have once again proven our mettle as the key pillar of Dubai’s tourism sector. But we won’t stop there. We will always look for ways to improve our services, find new strategies to fuel the growth of our stakeholders and to encourage cruise passengers to enjoy our city from the sea.”

The genesis
Mina Rashid was born from the vision of the late Sheikh Rashid Bin Saeed Al Maktoum, who was determined to transform Dubai into a major commercial center and hub of global commerce. Today, this ambitious development, formerly known as Port Rashid, is one of Dubai’s main economic pillars and the epitome of Sheikh Rashid’s aspirations.

Since its opening in 1972, the port has played a central role in the development of Dubai as a top international destination for business and travellers. It has enabled the diversification of Dubai’s economy and reduced the city’s dependence on oil revenues by transforming it into a thriving commercial, logistics and tourist hub of the region.

Navigating Dubai’s Success
As Dubai continued its evolution as a major regional tourism hub, Mina Rashid underwent a unique transformation. In 2008, the port was transformed into a state-of-the-art cruise ship terminal. Its state-of-the-art facilities, massive passenger handling capacity and strategic location have played a key role in consolidating its position. At its current capacity, the port can accommodate seven large cruise ships and approximately five million annual visitors. Its marina can accommodate more than 400 yachts. Rapid expansion is underway to prepare for the future, cementing the terminal’s position as the world’s most important hub for luxury cruise tourism.

Currently, with cruise tourism in Dubai expected to make a comeback this winter and more than 900,000 passengers expected to disembark during the peak season, Mina Rashid cruise terminals are expecting 123 calls from some of the largest cruise operators. This season will officially begin with the arrival of TUI Cruise Line’s Mein Schiff 6 at Hamdan bin Mohammed cruise terminal.

“This represents a 100% increase over last season. Additionally, passenger and crew entries are expected to reach approximately 600,000, more than double the previous season,” explained mustafa.

In addition to boosting tourism, Mina Rashid has demonstrated its excellence as a gateway for general shipping of non-containerized cargo, especially bulk carriers and ro-ro vessels. The port currently has 15 quays for handling general cargo and one quay for rolled cargo. Additionally, the port’s proximity to the city’s used car markets and the support it enjoys from the Roads and Transport Authority make it easy to process exports in a quick and hassle-free manner.

Towards a better future
Acting as a link between Dubai’s rich coastal heritage and its future, through her skills, Mina Rashid has become a catalyst for the region’s cruise tourism and a powerful economic catalyst for the city. The port will continue to play an important role in boosting Dubai’s tourism in the years to come with new developments. With upgrades such as high-end properties, retail stores, a berth for over 3,000 yachts and boats, the ability to handle the largest luxury cruises and a marine center for discerning luxury travelers , the port will soon become one of the largest marinas. in the Middle-East.

It will also become a vital center for yachting, water sports, the sea as well as social activities. Its yacht club will bring together the yachting community and host prestigious international maritime events of global importance. The club will also attract high net worth individuals to Dubai and cement its position as a world-class luxury yachting destination.

Bookstores and libraries have a lot in common | Community


Some people might assume that bookstores and libraries have a competitive relationship. After all, libraries are the quintessential leaders in sharing information in all formats, and bookstores are businesses whose main motivation is to make money. However, we have much more in common than differences.

Librarians and booksellers have a deep appreciation of the written form and believe that reading shapes attitudes and exposes the reader to a larger world. Reading does all of this, and greatly enriches our lives by providing relaxation, pleasure and entertainment.

In 2020, the Panorama project sought to broaden the understanding of how consumers interact with books and determine the role of public libraries in this engagement. They found that buyers bought an average of 2.8 books per month, and borrower-buyers (people who frequent libraries AND buy from the bookstore) bought an average of three books per month. Shoppers who hadn’t been to the library in the previous month bought just 2.6 books per month.

They found that 44% of book aficionados purchased a book from a bookstore that they first found at the library. In fact, libraries are great free marketing tools. Libraries, bookstores and online channels are mutually beneficial and their interactions can lead to cross-pollination. In total, 75% of project survey respondents have library cards and of these, 55% will buy a book rather than wait to get it from the library.

In total, 55% of shoppers say they have visited the library between 1 and 20 times in the past month. It seems books stay popular longer in libraries. In total, 75% of books loaned to libraries were backlist titles (books over a year old). Bookstores reported that 55-60% of sales came from top-list titles, compared to 25% of all library loans.

While Project Panorama investigated behaviors during the pandemic when book purchases soared, Library Journal reported in 2011 that “50% of all library users said they had purchased books by an author whom they had met at the library. Data from this survey was collected by Bowker PubTrack Consumer and identified a group they called Power Patrons. These customers read an average of 47 books per year compared to an overall average of 27 books per year. There’s no data to back up my theory, but I suspect the Power Patrons are the ones called borrower-buyers. Nothing will come between them and their books.

Library hours: 9 am to 8 pm Monday, Tuesday and Wednesday; 9 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. Thursday and Friday; 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. Saturday; close on Sunday.

Tina Winstead is director of the Huntington Memorial Library in Oneonta. His column appears in the community section of the Daily Star every Tuesday. His columns can also be viewed online at www.thedailystar.com/community/library_corner.

Nidhi Gogia promotes female empowerment with the release of “Power Of Nisa”


New book shares 16 short stories of strong women from various segments of Indian society who have chosen to speak out and stand up for themselves differently

READING, England, November 11, 2022 /PRNewswire-PRWeb/ — Nidhi Gogia has been the victim of acute body shame and is keen to spread awareness about women’s rights, gender equality and other genderless social issues. Her goal is to raise awareness and be a voice for the women’s community. It is for this reason that she wrote “Power Of Nisa” (published by AuthorHouse UK), a canvas of 16 characters covered in 16 different short stories based on the lives of women in modern times. Indiasome heard and unheard.

Rumaisa, a teenager who cried on the ghats of Kolkata, did not know Vidhya’s struggles as she fought for hers. Yet Rukhsar’s father broke the stereotype, and why was Suman criticized? Little Zoya was unaware of the destination. It took eight years for Sargam to emerge from the web, which was woven by someone else, and Niharika’s long journey has not been easy. It still hurts her heart, but Kanak ruled out the chances, while Anokhi faced the rocks. Lawyer Rohima could have ended her life, but she chose this.

Various stigmas in Indian society are still obstacles for women in the 21st century, where a widow is asked to eat curd and rice. Yet these 16 strong women from different segments of Indian society have chosen to speak and stand up for themselves differently. With poems, sketches and illustrations, readers will encounter and feel the presence of each character. These women know the articulation of manipulating life dispersed like water in a mold. Stories that will make them rethink the perception of life and their existence as humans.

“Each of these stories comes with a moral, so there’s something constructive to take away from each story, in terms of what we can do as individuals to overcome the prevailing issues. And even if we don’t are not the victim, how can we support individual victims around us?” says Gogia. When asked what she wants readers to take away from the book, she replies: “The positivity and the strength to denounce the injustice and to walk away from anything that limits your true potential Understand that any relationship is not sustainable if it only calls for a partner/family to compromise their dreams and desires (no adjustments are there from the other partner) and when there is no love and respect in any relationship.” For more details of the book, please visit https://www.authorhouse.com/en-gb/bookstore/bookdetails/845655-power-of-nisa

“The Power of Nissa”
By Nidhi Gogia
Soft cover | 8.5 x 11 inches | 142 pages | ISBN 9781728374987
E-book | 142 pages | ISBN 9781728374970
Available on Amazon and Barnes & Noble

About the Author
Nidhi Gogia is a single mother, a strong and independent self-made woman, employed as a lecturer at a British university. Connect with her on LinkedIn: http://www.linkedin.com/in/nidhi-gogia-aajkinaari and subscribe to her YouTube channel: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCTqX96McG3c7hbj2axf4Hsw

AuthorHouse, a self-publishing brand of Author Solutions, Inc., is a leading provider of book publishing, marketing and sales services for authors worldwide and offers the only suite of ‘industry Hollywood book to film services. Committed to providing the highest level of customer service, AuthorHouse assigns each author personal publishing and marketing consultants who provide guidance throughout the process. Based at Bloomington, Indiana, AuthorHouse celebrates over 23 years of serving authors. For more information or to publish a book, visit authorhouse.co.uk or call 0-800-014-8641.

Media Contact

Marketing Services, AuthorHouseUK, 0-800-014-8641, [email protected]

SOURCE AuthorHouseUK

Elon University / Today in Elon / Office of the President Hosts Thanksgiving Dinner for International Students


International students, faculty and staff gathered Tuesday for a special Thanksgiving dinner with President Book.

On Tuesday, Elon’s international students gathered for the special Thanksgiving dinner hosted by the president’s office. The dinner started years ago as an event hosted by Elon Local Friends, a group of community members who support Elon’s international students, but has grown into an annual tradition celebrated by many international students and supporters. of Elon, both internally and externally.

“Thank you to the international community for being here tonight, taking this space and creating community. I know it’s a commitment right now, especially at this time of the semester…but it’s important that we take this time and this space to come together,” said Mark Kurt, associate dean of global education, over Thanksgiving dinner.

President Connie Ledoux Book speaking to the crowd at the International Thanksgiving Dinner on Tuesday, November 8.

Kurt shared an excerpt from the land acknowledgment by the Occaneechi Band of the Saponi Nation stating that the land on which Elon University sits was traditionally part of the territory of the Saponi people in the Piedmont of what is now the State of North Carolina.

“Like many countries, we have a difficult past and I want to focus tonight on the thanksgiving that is underway. But also to recognize that we cannot undo history, but we can certainly do something. thing for the future,” said Book President Connie Ledoux. “And that’s what makes an evening like this so beautiful.”

“So good to have the opportunity to celebrate an American tradition with all of you tonight – Thanksgiving. One of the things I’m proud of is our commitment to the cultural exchange that is history. of Elon for a long time,” added Chairman Book. “I hope you will all share at your tables tonight the traditions of your country as well.”

The International Thanksgiving Dinner provided an opportunity for students to bond with each other.

For Johanna Lauff 24, Thanksgiving dinner was a way to decompress with familiar faces as the end of the semester neared.

“As everything gets a little more stressful towards the end of the semester, I’m really grateful for an event like this,” Lauff said.

With live music and traditional Thanksgiving treats, the dinner created a warm environment for Elon’s international community to connect while learning about a custom unfamiliar to them.

“I think it’s great to feel included and as an international student it’s great to have that American experience. It’s just a good time to sit with friends and then get to know new people and enjoy each other’s company,” said Maria Ahm ’23.

A $4 million bet on Boeing? Check out 4 stocks insiders are buying – Barnes Gr (NYSE:B), Boeing (NYSE:BA)


Although US stocks closed higher on Tuesday, there were a few notable insider trades.

When insiders buy stocks, it indicates their confidence in the prospects of the company or that they view the stock as a bargain. Either way, this signals an opportunity to go long on the title. Insider buying should not be considered the sole indicator for making an investment or trading decision. At best, it can lend conviction to a buying decision.

Below is an overview of some recent notable insider buys. To find out more, see Benzinga Insider Trading Platform.

Boeing Company

  • The exchange: The Boeing Company BA President and CEO David Calhoun acquired a total of 25,000 shares an average price of $158.88. To acquire these shares, it cost about $3.97 million.
  • What is happening: Redburn Partners recently launched a hedge on Boeing with a neutral rating.
  • What the Boeing Company does: Boeing is a major aerospace and defense company. It operates in four segments: commercial aircraft; defence, space & security; global services; and the capital of Boeing.

CME Group

  • The exchange: CME Group Inc. CME DirectorWilliam R Shepard acquired a total of 48,705.8 shares during at an average price of $170.06. To acquire these shares, it cost approximately $8.28 million.
  • What is happening: CME Group recently reported average daily volume growth of 11% in October.
  • What CME Group does: Based in Chicago, CME Group operates exchanges giving investors, suppliers and businesses the ability to trade futures and derivatives based on interest rates, equity indices, foreign currencies, energy , metals and raw materials.

Don’t forget to check out our premarket coverage here .

Also check this: Investor optimism wanes despite US stocks rising for third session

Energy transfer

  • The exchange: LP Energy Transfer HEY Executive Chairman Kelcy Warren purchased a total of 1,200,000 shares at an average price of $12.35. To acquire these shares, it cost approximately $14.82 million.
  • What is happening: The company recently reported lackluster third quarter results.
  • What energy transfer does: Energy Transfer has an extensive platform of crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids assets, primarily in Texas and the Midcontinent region of the Americas.

Barnes Group

  • The exchange: Barnes Group Inc. B President and CEO Thomas J Hook purchased a total of 35,000 shares at an average price of $38.09. The insider spent approximately $1.33 million to purchase these shares.
  • What is happening: Barnes recently posted pessimistic quarterly sales.
  • What Barnes Group does: Barnes Group Inc is a United States-based industrial and aerospace manufacturer and service provider. The Company operates through two segments: industrial and aerospace.

‘No Strings Attached’ memoirist to sign books at Highland Bookstore


Memoirist Jimmy Nowoc will be signing copies of his new book ‘No Strings Attached, My Life Growing Up With the Birth of Rock N Roll’ at Miles Books in Highland.

Nowoc will appear at the bookstore at 2819 Jewett Ave. in downtown Highland from 11:30 a.m. to 2:30 p.m. Saturday.

“The book is a bittersweet memoir that focuses on rock n roll and Jimmy’s experiences in Vietnam,” owner Jim Roumbos said. “Miles Books makes a point of honoring our veterans and we are happy to promote Jimmy and his new book.”

Nowoc, who served as a radio relay specialist with the Army’s 25th Infantry Division, plans to donate some of the proceeds to the VFW station in Highland.

“It’s an autobiographical account of what it meant to grow up with the birth of rock n roll and serve in Vietnam,” he said. “My motive for writing it can be as simple as realizing that I had a story to tell. of growing up in the 1950s and 1960s. It covers artists by the grace of the good Lord who I have been close and personal with and how I have evolved since the days of our youth music in Vietnam and having people fighting in an unpopular war. It covers a lot of ground.

People also read…

  • Raising Cane’s is suing a mall for allegedly being tricked into signing a lease for a site where it couldn’t sell chicken fingers
  • $1 Million Winning Powerball Ticket Sold in Northwest Indiana
  • Missing woman found dead after fire overdose, coroner’s office says
  • Winning Powerball ticket worth $50,000 sold in Valparaiso
  • Southlake Mall Carson is being transformed into a pop-up retail, co-working mall, sports and events space
  • Jury awards $11 million to Northlake patient in malpractice lawsuit
  • Houlihan’s is closing abruptly in Schererville
  • 2 people found dead in Hobart flat were shot, coroner says
  • Underdog Could Shock the World in Indiana’s U.S. Senate Contest
  • Hobart police discover two dead victims during welfare check
  • Cleveland-Cliffs bullish auto business rebounds: ‘In the US, auto steel means Cliffs’
  • Drunk driver caught more than 4 times the legal limit, Porter County police say
  • Woman claimed $100,000 in lottery – then on her way home won another $300,000
  • Man sentenced to 55 years in prison for murdering cheater
  • Man kicked out car window, escaped after police saw him strangling woman, court records show

Nowoc was a shy, reclusive youngster who couldn’t bring himself to look people in the eye or strike up a conversation before books like Dale Carnegie’s “How to Make Friends and Influence People” helped him out. from its shell. He got into record collecting before it was fashionable.

He ended up with a collection of around 700,000 songs. He also bought a guitar which he had dozens of rock musicians sign, removing the strings to make more room for the signatures, which inspired the name of the book.

The book covers rock legends like Richie Valens, Buddy Holly, Elvis Presley, Don McLean and Elton John. He writes about concerts he’s attended over the years, songs he’s enjoyed, and rock trivia.

The memoirs include anecdotes about Paul Anka, Gary Busey, Riverview Amusement Park, how the White Sox came back to win a pennant race, and his observation about the differences between Sox and Cubs fans.

“If you like rock ‘n roll or history, you’ll find something interesting here,” he said.

For more information, call 219-838-8700 or search Miles Books on Facebook.

Restaurant and food industry news, plus two mini-reviews – Southside Pride


Italian bitter sodas


Closings in downtown, openings in South Minneapolis

After all the hopeful hype last month about the return of downtown Minneapolis’ restaurant scene, the two most notable closures in mid-October were downtown. One was trendy and “of that decade” – Seven Steak, Sushi and Rooftop, which apparently closed and reopened several times before, but looks like that’s it.
The other is an old mainstay from the early 1990s at least. I used to go there in my bookstore on New Party organizing days. It was the sudden announcement that Rock Bottom Brewery, a kind of brewery that predated the whole craft brew trend by at least a decade, was closing for good.
The openings, on the other hand, are mostly located close to the home. Three of them are new locations, for Wildflyer Coffee, Momo Dosa, and Vegan East. Wildflyer Coffee is a youth-focused social enterprise as well as the new cafe located in the former location of Peace Coffee on Minnehaha Avenue. They are currently fundraising for a new expansion planned for early 2023 in St. Paul, located inside Seventh Landing, an apartment building for young adults experiencing homelessness.

Selection of non-alcoholic beverages from Marigold

Momo Dosa’s first spot was at Malcolm Yards, Prospect Park’s hip food hall. They recently opened a second location at Midtown Global Market, in space vacated by Hot Indian. More about them in the mini review below.
Vegan East started in White Bear Lake, then expanded to Uptown and northeast Minneapolis. Their new branch is their fourth location and is in the Nokomis area at 34th Avenue and East 55th Street in what was once a QC Pizza. This news came from bringmethenews.com, where the report was based on the sign appearing on the building, and it was noted that there were no announcements or other information from the parent company.
The brand new location is Marigold, hailed as Minnesota’s very first non-alcoholic bottle store. The story comes from Racket (racketmn.com.) The innovative boutique is now open at 3506 Nicollet Ave., next to the beauty salon that is also owned by founder, Erin Flavin. The shop contains a variety of alternative beverages, ranging from functional beverages like kombucha, shrub, hop tea, caffeinated beverages, or herbal or herbal and dried flavored fruit sodas, to novelty – seltzers enriched with CBD and/or THC.

Barry Enderwick from “The Sandwiches of History”

Weird news from the food world

I was charmed by this piece in Racket (racketmn.com October 13) by guest writer Brendan Kennealy about the idea of ​​pairing a restaurant with a bookstore. You buy a book and bring it to lunch. Alright my jam, I have to admit. The author invited comments such as bookstores he missed (“drop your superior knowledge in the comments,” he said). Well, I don’t know about the superior, but I had additional knowledge and suggested two restaurants to be associated with Uncle Hugo and Uncle Edgar respectively.
I miss the days when a single certification – Certified Organic by USDA – told you everything you needed to know, because it meant that no chemical fertilizers, antibiotics, GMOs, herbicides or insecticides were used in any part of the process. Since the early 2000s, when the certification was changed to appeal to Big Ag, the organic label has both lost its meaning and become less widespread. The proliferation of segmented certifications to fill in the gaps has led to a “GMO Free” label and the like, and is now expanding further with the new “pollinator friendly” certifications.

Vegan East sign at the old QC Pizza

In fact, there are two, one stricter than the other (although neither is as strict as pre-2000 or even today’s organic certification). An article in one of my favorite sources of agricultural information, Civil Eats (civileats.com), dives deep into the science, history, industry and economics of the two organizations that perform the certification .
The two labels that have been around for a few years for almonds and wine, and now extending to berries, avocados, vegetables and an on-farm distillery in northern Minnesota, are the Bee-Friendly label certified by Pollinator Partnership (with more flexible requirements to appeal to a wider range of growers) and the Bee Better label certified (slightly more stringently) by Xerces.
I was fascinated by the article “How to Use Italian Bitter Sodas” in an online beverage industry journal called Punch (punchdrink.com). I had never heard of most of these drinks and a survey of how to acquire them showed that very few are available on the shelves in Twin Cities, although they are all available online from a variety of sources . I am talking about products such as Stappi Red Bitter, Crodino, Chinotto from Lurisia and Sanbitter from San Pellegrino. They are the non-alcoholic equivalents of Italian amari, which are low-alcohol aperitif liqueurs with a bitter dimension offsetting their slight sweetness. Bitter sodas are similar but zero-proof. I will investigate this and report back later.

Toad Bakery in South London

I recently discovered, through the online magazine Taste, Barry Enderwick and his “Sandwiches of History” series. These are from Instagram and TikTok, but I’m not really into either of those platforms, so I checked YouTube and there’s a subscription channel, called “Sandwiches of History” . There are a hundred 3-minute or longer sandwich videos, some classics – croque monsieur, banh mi, French dip – and some extremely bizarre, like the St. Paul sandwich, the capucine sandwich and the deeply loathsome bran sandwich. . Check it out.
Finally, the ultimate weird story. One of London’s first bakeries, located in Camberwell, was called Frog. Strange name, but wait, it gets better. Celebrity chef-restaurateur Adam Handling, founder of The Frog restaurant in a fancier part of town, has had a cease and desist order served at the Frog Bakery, along with the threat of a lawsuit for infringement of large-scale brand. So the owners gave in immediately and changed the name to Toad.

Two mini-reviews

I sampled the fare at the new Centro/Vivir/Everywhen Burger Bar spot on Eat Street (in the old Wedge Table space). Use your smartphone to scan the QR code at your table, which will bring up the menu, and the resulting order will have your table number embedded. They also give you a paper menu if you ask, which I did.
I had a fish taco, which was small (as was the price) and rated it 4.8 out of 5. I also had a horchata, which was delicious. And I had yucca fries, which were well executed and good value, but were too spicy for me so didn’t finish them. (Usually these are just salty, and the spice is all in the dip. These were generously coated in some kind of dry chili spice and the dip was a bit spicier, so no refuge for the wimps.) From the Vivir menu I ordered dessert, a chocolate cupcake, which was a 5 out of 5.

MGM’s Momo Dosa Dosa

I also sampled another new spot in my backyard – Momo Dosa at Midtown Global Market. I wanted to try both the momos and the dosa but knew it would be too much for one meal so I ordered the momos to eat there and a dosa to take home for later. (In retrospect, I should have done it the other way, because the dosa couldn’t be reheated.)
I had the vegetable momos, which have a filling similar to a Chinese vegetable egg roll – cabbage, green onion, carrot, etc. They come with two sauces. I also had a mango lassi with this. Very good and plentiful. Although I somewhat sabotaged the dosa (a masala dosa, vegetarian, mostly potato) by trying to reheat it, it was still delicious, and I’ll probably have it instead on my next visit in nobody. In addition to the momos, including the interesting ones filled with bison, they offer sambar lentil soup alone, three varieties of jhol momo (momos in a spicy soup), samosas, pakoras, and a dosa dessert made from banana, jaggery and whipped cream . It’s a great addition to the market and to your takeout spicy food rotation.

Colorado Will Decide Whether To Legalize Psychedelics This Tuesday, Here’s What’s On The Ballot


Tuesday mid-terms will give Americans in some states the ability to vote for members of the House of Representatives, Senate, and in 36 states, for governors. In Colorado, voters will decide whether or not to legalize psychedelics.

If passed, Proposal 122, the Natural Medicines Health Act Initiative– would legalize the possession, personal use and donation by adults of a list of psychedelic substances including psilocybin and psilocin mushrooms, mescaline (not derived from peyote), ibogaine and DMT.

If legalized, the Department of State Regulatory Agencies would help establish healing centers offering a psilocybin-assisted therapy program under the guidance of a trained facilitator for adults with mental health issues such as depression and PTSD , without the need for a doctor’s referral.

Proposition 122 allows regulators to add DMT, ibogaine and mescaline at the list of medications to be offered in healing centers from June 1, 2026.

The psilocybin healing centers would open after a newly formed committee decided how the system should be implemented, including rules and regulations after which psychedelic-assisted treatments would be provided. This regulatory process will take place until September 2024, so psilocybin centers will likely not be available until 2025.

Comprised of 15 members experienced in scientific and religious psychedelic medicine, the Natural Medicine Advisory Council would make recommendations on adding substances to the program, after which the Regulatory Agencies Department would decide whether or not to allow them.

Another relevant aspect of the regulation implies that those previously convicted and who have served their sentence will have the option of asking the court to have their case sealed. If the corresponding DAs do not object, the files will be automatically sealed.

Above all, if the measure passes, Colorado would join Oregon where through Measure 109 legalized psilocybin therapy and decriminalized personal use of other substances such as ibogaine and DMT.

Other States Consider Drug Reform Ballot Initiatives. This the list includes Arkansas, Maryland, Missouri, North Dakota and South Dakotawhose voters will decide to legalize possession and use of marijuana by an adult and setting up a regulated commercial industry.

The current panorama

Interviewed on a TV show debate with opponent Heidi Ganahl in October, Colorado Governor Jared Polis (R) said he was still hesitant on supporting the legalization of psychedelics statewide The November election, a somewhat surprising announcement given his former recognition of the potential of psychedelics and one decision at legalize the therapeutic prescriptions of MDMA once federally approved.

Whereas denver was the first city in Colorado to decriminalize mushrooms, its Mayor Michael Hancock opposes the project to approve this same measure statewide. He said that although the impact has been minimal so far, there is little data on the effects of psychedelics and he said Colorado already has a drug abuse problem.

Some of Prop 122’s critics believe the campaign is moving too fast and could end up producing corporate monopolies, including a growing concern about privacy and surveillance of patients in psychedelic therapy, plus unattainable costs. Others say out-of-state interests shaped the proposal and did not include many Colorado residents, including black and Native Americans, some of whom strongly oppose the measure, which could indicate that they were not sufficiently involved in its development.

On the other handThe ballot measure decriminalizes the personal use of an amount “necessary to share” but does not define it and will most likely leave it to court interpretation, another reason several lawyers oppose the proposal.

As for voters, a recent survey shows that support has increased since September 2022, although the political and generational divide have a significant influence. Undecided voters lean towards the initiative; 43% of Coloradans polled said they supported the ballot, reported Marijuana time.

Photo courtesy of Good Luck Images and Hermanthos on Shutterstock.

Meet the Utah bookstore that caters to fantasy and sci-fi nerds


The setting for The legendarySalt Lake City’s newest independent bookstore, looks like something out of the books the store specializes in.

The house the shop is located in, at 349 E. 900 South in Salt Lake City, was built in 1910. The atmosphere surrounding the crowded shelves – a dream come true for nerd fandoms everywhere – mirrors that of Tavern: Creaky wood floors, warm yellow lighting, and an abundance of fantastic memories.

Sisters Stephanie and Raelle Blatter opened the store in August, selling only science fiction and fantasy books. Their goal, they said, is to highlight writers from these genres who bring underrepresented voices — BIPOC and queer writers and characters — to the fore.

“My sister and I really wanted to create a safe space for people to come in,” Stephanie said, adding that there’s a certain strength that comes from specializing as a bookseller.

(Trent Nelson | The Salt Lake Tribune) Stephanie Blatter at Legendarium, a new bookstore in Salt Lake City, on Tuesday, November 1, 2022.

“It’s such an exciting genre, because they’re releasing authors who are traditionally underrepresented, and kids need them,” Stephanie said. “If you can’t see it and read about it in the stories you’re exposed to, then you feel lonely.”

That’s how Stephanie said she felt growing up, not seeing queer representation in literature — for example, she said, it’s especially hard to find well-written Sapphic stories. (Both Blatter sisters are gay and Raelle is a transgender woman.)

“Growing up, science fiction and fantasy were incredibly important to [us], because they allow the building of a new world and the imagination to run wild,” said Stephanie. “You can address topics that are important to you internally like mental health or neurodivergence or that don’t fit in a certain box.”

(Trent Nelson | The Salt Lake Tribune) The Legendarium, a new bookstore in Salt Lake City on Tuesday, November 1, 2022.

Fight book bans

In literature, especially science fiction and fantasy, one can imagine a world where such topics are not divisive, she said. In this world, however, they are – and The Legendarium aims to talk about them too.

Among the books available at the store are titles recently fired shelves in the library of the Alpine School District, the state’s largest, after complaints from members of a conservative parent group. These titles include the books “A Court of Thorns and Roses” by Sarah J. Maas, who have been criticized for their sexual content.

Stephanie said she and her sister aren’t worried The Legendarium will be the target of book bans and challenges that are spreading like fires Across the country. Instead, she says, they lean into it.

“We are starting a banned book book club to highlight and honor banned books,” she says. “More [banned books] are banned because they address issues of social justice. … These are queer books, books that deal with racism and the disability community.

Stephanie said she didn’t want to categorize people, but these are all books that “big conservative groups are uncomfortable with because they challenge their view of the world.” (It’s an opinion that a group of Utah children’s book authors also shared in an open letter distributed in September.)

Storing such books, she said, is key to the Legendarium’s mission because such books “challenge white, heteronormative, patriarchal society.”

“We can’t necessarily put them in schools or libraries, but we can showcase them here and provide a space where people can come and read them and discover them here,” Stephanie said.

(Trent Nelson | The Salt Lake Tribune) The Legendarium, a new bookstore in Salt Lake City on Tuesday, November 1, 2022.

The No-Potter Rule

Giving customers a holistic experience covers not only the books they sell, but also the ones they don’t.

The most notable choice the Blatters have made is not to stock anything related to the Wizarding World or its creator, Scottish author JK Rowling. (The only exception is a “Harry Potter”-themed board game in the store’s cafe, in a pile with other games available to customers.)

It was a very personal and conscious decision the Blatter sisters made, Stephanie said, with a candor the sisters grew up reading and loving. But, she added, Rowling “is investing millions of dollars in anti-trans legislation in the UK. … The purchase of “Harry Potter” novels would financially support this author and [her] transphobic statements.

Acknowledging that some might find it hypocritical for The Legendarium to defend banned books while going through the “Harry Potter” universe, Stephanie defended the decision. “I am convinced that books are crucial for the mental health of young people,” she said.

Stephanie said she has nothing against the “Harry Potter” book franchise itself. “People can find it on Amazon and Barnes and Noble,” she said. “If they want something more specialized and open-minded, they can find it here.”

Paying attention to conservation goes beyond Rowling’s work. The store tends to steer clear, said Stephanie, of authors from the 1980s and 1990s who had gender issues with their books — and instead chooses landmark authors like series author Ursula K. LeGuin. fantastic “Earthsea” and other famous titles. , “whose work defies gender”.

“Not everything we’ve brought may be perfect, but I’ve made a conscious decision to exclude some beloved fantasy or sci-fi pieces that don’t align with what we want to represent, what The Legendarium stands for,” says Stephanie.

(Trent Nelson | The Salt Lake Tribune) The Legendarium, a new bookstore in Salt Lake City on Tuesday, November 1, 2022.

Coffee, games and writing area

The name of the shop comes from the journal of the writings of JRR Tolkien, where he was doing world building. “He would tell his kids stories at night and then he would start writing them down because his kids would challenge him like, ‘Oh, you didn’t say that last week,’… and so he’s like, ‘ OK, let me start writing this,” Stephanie said.

To further this spirit of promoting creativity and an inclusive space for children, The Legendarium has partnered with the League of Utah Writers and allows young people to enter the store after school to relax.

The sign outside the Legendarium shows a stack of books being scoured with a sword. The store’s tagline is also prominent: “Purveyors of books, legends and local roasts” and the store’s official logo is a steampunk dragon, named Gizmo, which was designed by Disney artist and childhood friend Liz. Richards.

The walls are decorated with posters of various fantasy and sci-fi series, and various merchandise from an Etsy seller. The windows of the old building, giving way to the gray light of Salt Lake City fall, include stained glass vinyl stickers of beloved characters such as Mr. Spock, Jean-Luc Picard, Grogu (aka Baby Yoda) and Princess Leia, among others.

(Trent Nelson | The Salt Lake Tribune) The Legendarium, a new bookstore in Salt Lake City on Tuesday, November 1, 2022.

The store’s mini-café – complete with “Lord of the Rings” coasters and old-fashioned portable lamps – offers themed drinks such as “Gondor Fog”, “Barefoot in the Shire” and “Priory of the Orange Mocha”. The cafe partners with small Utah businesses such as Blue Copper Coffee, tea cave, Lone Pine Bakery and the Beehive Cooking.

The store is also used for role-playing games, with a “gaming dungeon” area in the basement as well as tables for customers to play games such as Dungeons and Dragons. RPGs, she said, “pair well with literature because it’s about telling stories, building a world, and developing characters.”

Stephanie – wearing a pair of earrings she made herself featuring dragons and a samurai sword – said starting the bookstore had been a dream for her and all her siblings for a long time.

Part of the inspiration, Stephanie said, is San Diego’s iconic Mysterious Galaxy Library, which she says is like a “Mecca for fans and authors”. The inclusive environment of this store inspired them to recreate something similar in Utah.

“I was kind of like, ‘You know what, if I don’t do it now, I never will,” Stephanie said.

Stephanie Blatter said she counts on others who share her family’s interest in science fiction and fantasy to make The Legendarium a success – and the response in the first three months of the store has given them raison. There is, she says, a “large community of really into imagination nerds in Utah.”

First-Time Writer Launches Psychological Thriller Through Government-Sponsored Mentorship Program


A GIBRALTAR man launched his first book on Friday after completing a mentorship program for young aspiring writers run by his government’s cultural services.

Jared Cruz, 25, wrote the psychological thriller “Into Dark Shadows” after a year of discussions with mentors, mental health professionals and authors.

He said he was immensely proud of the final product which is now on sale at John Mackintosh Hall and online at a popular bookstore website.

Gibraltar’s Cultural Services selected Cruz among other aspiring writers last year.

Over the past 12 months, the Gibraltar government said in a statement that the writer “has gained insight and understanding of the timeline and challenges of producing a book”.

He was involved every step of the way, from developing the idea, writing, proofreading and designing the cover.

“His journey took him to meet mental health professionals, teachers Melissa Bosano and Natalie Cocklan and established author Janine Galliano to ensure quality work,” the government said.

“Jared was also part of the Rock Retreat residency, benefiting from the expertise and knowledge of published authors and learning more about publishing options.

“The 25-year-old also worked with local artist Monica Popham to design the cover pages for the short story and with local printers to ensure a high-quality finish that lived up to his expectations.”

The first-time author will now speak about his experiences in local schools during Gibraltar Literature Week and as part of the Lightning Talks initiative.


Shop Samsung deals on TVs, appliances and more


— Recommendations are independently chosen by the editors of Reviewed. The purchases you make through the links below may earn us and our publisher partners a commission.

Samsung week may have ended on tuesday november 1, but that doesn’t mean you’ve missed the opportunity to save on some of the best technology on the market. Samsung is keeping the savings in time for Black Friday 2022 with incredible price drops on its acclaimed devices. Whether you need a futuristic smartphone or a powerful washing machine, Samsung has you covered this year.

Samsung’s first Black Friday deals

Don’t miss a great deal on Black Friday and beyond. Sign up for Reviewed’s Perks and Rec newsletter to stay up to date with the best Sunday-Friday holiday savings.

Ahead of the Black Friday holiday shopping rush, you can pick up a number of top-rated Samsung devices at affordable prices, including Samsung Galaxy smartphones, Galaxy smartwatches, Galaxy Book laptops, and TVs. QLED. The savings don’t stop there, you’ll also find Samsung deals on home appliances, vacuum cleaners and more.

Black Friday 2022: Shop the best early Black Friday 2022 sales at Amazon, Walmart, Lowe’s, Awara and more

Walmart Deals: Save big before Black Friday 2022 on LG, Serta, Bissell and more

Earn a $900 Cash Back Bonus: Learn more about Chase Ink Business Cash and Unlimited Cards

To upgrade your gadgets at an affordable price, Samsung covers all your shopping needs. Keep scrolling to browse the retailer’s impressive selection of cutting-edge technologies to make your daily routine easier.

Best Samsung Black Friday deals

Upgrade your wearable tech with a feature-rich Galaxy smartphone or turn your living room into a home theater with an OLED TV now from Samsung. Shop the five best Samsung deals available today before the discounts are gone.

  1. Samsung Galaxy Z Flip3 5G from $89.99 with eligible trade-in (save $175-$810)
  2. Samsung Galaxy Watch5 from $99.99 with eligible trade-in (save $75-$180)
  3. Samsung Galaxy Watch4 from $109.99 with eligible trade-in (save $10-$90)
  4. Samsung Galaxy Tab S8 starting at $199.99 with qualifying trade-in (save $5-$500)
  5. Samsung Galaxy Z Fold3 5G from $479.99 with eligible trade-in (save $600-$1,320)
  6. Samsung Front Control 51 dBA Dishwasher in Stainless Steel with Hybrid Interior for $499 (save $300)
  7. Samsung Class Q80B QLED 4K Smart TV from $799 (save $200-$1,100)
  8. Samsung 6 Cubic Foot Smart Slide-In Gas Range with Convection from $899 (save $694.98 – $844.98)
  9. Samsung 7.5 Cubic Foot Smart Dial Electric Dryer with Ultra-Fast Dry for $1,439 (save $160)
  10. Samsung 65-inch Class S95B OLED 4K Smart TV for $1,899.99 (save $1,100)

Best Samsung TV deals

Want to stream in style while saving your wallet? Shop Samsung’s early Black Friday deals for big savings on high-end TVs.

The Samsung S95B is one of the best TVs we've ever tested and it's on sale for Black Friday with some major price cuts.

Best Samsung laptop and tablet deals

Whether you need tech for work or play, Samsung has you covered with the first Black Friday laptop and tablet deals.

The Samsung Galaxy Tab S7+ is a great tech companion in the classroom and beyond, and you can get one for under $300 thanks to Black Friday.

Best Samsung Device Deals

Decorate your home for fall with Samsung deals on refrigerators, dishwashers, vacuums and more.

This smart slide-in gas stove is just one of many Samsung appliances on sale for Black Friday.

Best Samsung Cell Phone Deals

Beat the Black Friday rush for a new smartphone and get one for less right now from Samsung.

Samsung's line of Galaxy Z smartphones are sleek and feature-packed, and they're on sale in time for Black Friday.

Best Samsung Tech Deals

Samsung has plenty of tech deals ahead of Black Friday, so grab them now before competing deals expire.

Bring smartphone functionality to your wrist with the Samsung Galaxy Watch4 on sale ahead of Black Friday.

What is Black Friday?

Black Friday is an annual sales event that traditionally takes place in late November after Thanksgiving. This year, as has been the case for the past few years, retailers will be offering some of the best online sales and deals of the year.

According to History.com, Black Friday began in 1869 when the price of gold fell dramatically, costing Wall Street financiers millions. The day became known as “Black Friday”. Over time, the day became a term for retailers to ensure they would be able to end the year in the black with strong profits. While the period between Thanksgiving and Christmas has been synonymous with shopping and big spending since the Great Depression, the recent surge in online shopping, which has intensified due to the pandemic, has given rise to the idea that Black Friday will eventually evolve into “Black November”.

When is Black Friday 2022?

Black Friday 2022 falls on Friday, November 25. Cyber ​​Monday 2022 will take place on monday november 28. Thanksgiving is the last Thursday in November, and each year Black Friday is the following day, followed by Cyber ​​Monday shortly after.

When do the Black Friday 2022 sales start?

Basically, Black Friday starts as soon as Thanksgiving ends. However, every year, Black Friday sales start earlier and earlier. This year, we saw the first Black Friday sales start towards the end of October.

How long do the Black Friday sales last?

Black Friday is directly followed by Cyber ​​Monday on November 28, 2022. Technically speaking, as soon as Cyber ​​Monday begins, Black Friday ends. The best discounts are usually limited to these two days (and the weekend in between); however, some offers remain in effect until the end of the following week.

What deals can we expect during Black Friday?

As in years past, Black Friday often matches and exceeds the best prices offered throughout the year. You can expect to save on almost every product available, especially appliances. Whether you’re looking for a new oven, the latest refrigerator, or an updated laundry room setup, Black Friday 2022 will bring you some of the lowest prices of the year.

In Samsung’s case, you’ll find a massive collection of top-rated devices on sale for the holiday season. Many of these devices can be further discounted with Samsung’s qualifying trade-in program, where you can get more money on new tech when they ship select items from Apple, Fitbit, Sony, Google and more. Some items with cracked screens can even be redeemed for additional discounts.

Shop the first Samsung Black Friday deals

Make holiday shopping easier with help from our experts. Sign up for SMS alerts to receive deals, gift guides and shopping tips straight to your phone.

The product experts of Revised have all your shopping needs covered. Follow Rated on Facebook, Twitter, instagram, ICT Tac Where Flipboard for the latest deals, product reviews and more.

Prices were accurate at the time this article was published, but may change over time.

3 ways to build trust with your suppliers


Pandemic-related supply chain disruptions around the world have painfully exposed faulty supplier relationships. They made it clear that trust between companies and their suppliers is key to building a resilient supply chain.

But how do companies work to develop and maintain trust? And, if trust has been reduced, is it possible to change course and create a better relationship? Recent research answers these questions and provides practical advice that can help business partners increase the level of trust in their relationships.

Imagine a strategic business relationship with little trust between buyer and supplier. This may incentivize the purchasing organization to micromanage the supplier or implement safeguards such as additional quality checks, adding buffer stock to inventory, and imposing penalties for improper performance.

But lack of trust in a business relationship is a two-way street. Disgruntled vendors don’t like to be micromanaged. When this happens, the supplier’s account management team can become frustrated. The supplier’s CFO may impose the addition of a 15% “pain in the ass” factor to the customer’s price, and the supplier’s account manager responsible for the account may find themselves in trouble when members of the team leave to work on better accounts.

These behaviors dramatically increase the transaction costs associated with doing business and almost always prevent organizations from wanting to collaborate to solve more strategic challenges.

A method to measure trust

But trust is a fuzzy thing. How to measure the level of trust in relationships? This question led the three of us to develop an assessment tool, which measures the health of the relationship with the business partner and helps both parties understand how their actions and behaviors may be inhibiting trust in the relationship.

As part of our research, we conducted 129 assessments of 98 unique business partner relationships across more than two dozen industries. On average, the assessments were conducted 1.7 years into the business partners’ existing contract and had an average annual contract value of $94 million. In many cases, business partners had worked under previous contracts and were looking to create more strategic relationships that required a higher degree of trust. Fifteen of the relationships allowed us to do follow-up assessments, which gave us valuable insights into how to turn a low-trust relationship into a high-performing partnership.

Our Partner Compatibility and Trust (C&T) assessment tool measures five key relationship components that contribute to a healthy and trusting relationship.

  • To concentrate is the ability to combine individual roles in a corporate direction for the benefit of all stakeholders. There is a common purpose, direction and clarity around this direction.
  • Communication is the effective and efficient transfer of meaning through words and actions to achieve and develop mutually beneficial outcomes. This includes the open and timely sharing of information a partner needs to make decisions.
  • Team orientation is the ability to focus and direct individual goals and objectives into a cohesive group strategy. Team orientation is a key indicator of how well business partners are working together.
  • Innovation is an organization’s ability to deal with change dynamically and its tolerance for risk and to try new ideas and solutions. Strong, trusting relationships allow parties to share risks and rewards, invest in each other’s capabilities, and collaborate to achieve common goals.
  • Confidence in performance is the constancy in the realization of the promises, that is to say the respect of the commitments.

For each component, buyers and suppliers rate both their image of themselves and their perception of their partner. A key objective is to identify gaps that highlight areas contributing to misalignment and distrust. Once the gaps are identified, trading partners can begin to fill the gaps.

The research reveals three lessons that organizations can use to improve the health of their relationships.

1. Trust starts with cultural fit.

In our search for Vested: How P&G, McDonald’s and Microsoft are redefining success in business relationships, a book the two of us (Kate and Karl) co-authored with Jeanne Kling, Procter & Gamble executives have attributed cultural fit with suppliers as a critical success factor. Cultural fit in a relationship with a business partner can come down to having similar perspectives on how organizations work, communicate, and make decisions. Our C&T assessment method allows business partners to assess their cultural fit across all five dimensions.

One example of a cultural mismatch we encountered involved a medical device company and a vendor to which it had outsourced facilities management. The medical device company’s operating culture valued flexibility and innovation while the vendor’s culture was hierarchical and process-oriented. Realizing this, the parties amicably agreed that the vendor would not participate in any future bidding process. The parties have also agreed to a fair way to compensate the supplier for helping to ensure a smooth transition to the next supplier.

2. Your business model matters.

When organizations purchase goods and services, they have a choice of procurement business models, ranging from highly transactional contracts (purchasing goods with a simple purchase order) to highly strategic contracts based on achieving results. ambitious commercial goals such as accelerating time to market and innovating to meet needs. United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) for responsible production.

Our research using C&T assessments shows that an organization’s choice of sourcing business model can have a positive impact on trust. Take the example of a pharmaceutical company that had outsourced the management of its facilities to a supplier for almost 25 years. In 2015, the parties operated under a performance-based procurement business model, which places risk on the supplier to ensure cost savings and performance levels. While savings and performance goals were met, the pharmaceutical company was irritated by the supplier’s lack of innovation. Likewise, the supplier was frustrated because his profits suffered every time he performed work outside the scope of the contract. Here, C&T’s assessment found that the parties had a good cultural fit, but the contract itself pitted the parties against each other in a classic win-lose situation.

In 2017, they decided to try a new approach to contracting that used an acquired sourcing model, which combines a formal relational contract with an outcome-based business model. (It’s called “acquired” because the parties have a vested interest in each other’s success.) Now, the parties share the risk and reward for achieving mutually defined desired outcomes. The results are significant after the parties change their business model, both in terms of results and increased trust. The vendor completed 48 transformation initiatives and nearly 250 standardization projects, resulting in double-digit savings and winning incentives that drove higher profits. Trust has also increased, increasing by 22% in 2019. Their relationship health continues to climb and by 2021 it had increased by 35%.

3. Building trust is a strategic choice.

Can you turn a broken and suspicious business relationship into a healthy one? Or can you take a good relationship and make it great by increasing trust? The answer to both is a resounding yes. But this does not happen by chance; it is a strategic choice supported by conscious behavioral changes.

In all the organizations we studied, the need for change served as a catalyst for improving the health of relationships. The C&T assessment helps business partners embrace the vague concept of trust and provides a quantitative measure of the health of their relationship. Equally important, the assessment highlights gaps where low-confidence behaviors create friction.

Such was the case with the Vancouver Island Health Authority and South Island Health, a group of physicians who worked under a labor services agreement to provide hospital services to the authority. When a lack of trust stalled contract negotiations, the parties turned to a neutral review of their relationship that included the use of an assessment. It provided concrete insights into the cause of their trust issues and helped the parties realize that they both wanted a better match.

They made the conscious choice to transform their troubled relationship into one of trust and collaboration. Their efforts led to an increase in their C&T index from 0.48 to 0.71 in just two years. This increased confidence has been accompanied by increased business results, such as achieving cost containment goals and developing innovative solutions such as the Hospitalist-at-Home program.

The results are real.

Our research can be summed up in a simple equation: confidence = happiness (in terms of lower costs, improved performance, innovation and even a general feeling of positivity and happiness at work).

The C&T assessment quantifies happiness by asking business partners to provide adjectives describing their relationship. For example, the Vancouver Island Health Authority and South Island Health baseline assessment used words like distrustful, broken, tense, distrustful, contradictory, toxic, and suspicious. In a follow-up C&T evaluation two years later, team members described the relationship as collaborative, respectful, trusting, supportive and, yes, even happy. How happy? A comparison showed a drastic reversal with the percentage of adjectives dropping from 84.5% negative to 86.2% positive.

The bottom line? To build trust with your business partners, start by reviewing cultural fit and selecting the appropriate sourcing business model. And don’t underestimate the power of making a strategic choice to consciously build trust.

Alta Journal’s California Bestseller List (November 2, 2022)


With reports from the California Independent Booksellers Alliance, Alta Journal brings you a list of the best-selling titles at independent bookstores in Northern and Southern California for the week ending October 30, 2022.

On the list this week is Rebecca Solnit’s paperback edition Orwell’s Rosesa new exploration of politics and gardening by California Book Club’s September 2021 author. Solnit examines the life of George Orwell in a new light, from his lesser-known travels deep in the coal mines of England to his involvement in horticulture. The passenger by Cormac McCarthy, reviewed by High, is an exciting new addition to the roster. The novel – the first of two linked volumes – follows Bobby Western after he explores the sunken wreckage of a plane and investigates a possible government cover-up.

For a full list of titles and categories, visit California Independent Booksellers Alliance.•

Southern California



  1. demon copper headBarbara Kingsolver, Harper, $32.50
  2. The passenger, Cormac McCarthy, Knopf, $30. Read it High see againw
  3. Our missing heartsCeleste Ng, Penguin Press, $29
  4. Tomorrow, and tomorrow, and tomorrowGabrielle Zevin, Knopf, $28
  5. Liberation Day: StoriesGeorge Saunders, Random House, $28


    alta journal california bestseller list, 2 november 2022, southern california, hardcover, nonfiction


    1. Go-To Dinners: A Barefoot Contessa CookbookIna Garden, Clarkson Potter, $35
    2. I’m glad my mother diedJennette McCurdy, Simon & Schuster, $27.99
    3. The Extraordinary Life of an Ordinary Man: A MemoirPaul Newman, Knopf, $32
    4. Crying in H Mart: A MemoirMichelle Zauner, Knopf, $26.95
    5. Solito: a memoirJavier Zamora, Hogarth Press, $28


      alta journal california bestseller list, november 2 2022, southern california, trade paperback, fiction


      1. It starts with usColleen Hoover, Atria Books, $17.99
      2. It ends with usColleen Hoover, Atria Books, $16.99
      3. The Song of AchillesMadeline Miller, Ecco, $16.99
      4. Hail Mary ProjectAndy Weir, Ballantine, $20
      5. Rise of MalibuTaylor Jenkins Reid, Ballantine Books, $18


        alta journal california bestseller list, november 2 2022, southern california, trade paperback, nonfiction


        1. Body Keeps Score: Brain, Mind, and Body in Trauma HealingBessel van der Kolk, MD, Penguin Books, $19
        2. Braiding Sweetgrass for Young Adults: Indigenous Wisdom, Science and Plant TeachingsRobin Wall Kimmerer, Milkweed Publishing, $20
        3. Oldest in Los AngelesMimi Slawoff, Reedy Press, $20.95
        4. Sapiens: A Brief History of HumankindYuval Noah Harari, Perennial Harper, $24.99
        5. Orwell’s RosesRebecca Solnit, Penguin, $18

          Northern California


          alta journal california bestseller list, november 2 2022, northern california, hardcover, fiction


          1. The passenger, Cormac McCarthy, Knopf, $30. Read it High see againw
          2. demon copper headBarbara Kingsolver, Harper, $32.50
          3. Our missing heartsCeleste Ng, Penguin Press, $29
          4. Liberation Day: StoriesGeorge Saunders, Random House, $28
          5. Fairy taleStephen King, Scribner, $32.50


            alta journal california bestseller list, 2 november 2022, northern california, hardcover, nonfiction


            1. I’m glad my mother diedJennette McCurdy, Simon & Schuster, $27.99
            2. Go-To Dinners: A Barefoot Contessa CookbookIna Garden, Clarkson Potter, $35
            3. The Myth of Normalcy: Trauma, Illness, and Healing in a Toxic CultureGabor Mate, MD, Daniel Mate, Avery, $30
            4. What if? 2: Additional serious scientific answers to nonsensical hypothetical questionsRandall Munroe, Riverhead Books, $30
            5. Solito: a memoirJavier Zamora, Hogarth Press, $28


              alta journal california bestseller list, november 2 2022, northern california, trade paperback, fiction


              1. It starts with usColleen Hoover, Atria Books, $17.99
              2. Earth Cuckoo CloudAnthony Doerr, Scribner, $20
              3. The Seven Husbands of Evelyn HugoTaylor Jenkins Reid, Washington Square Press, $17
              4. The phraseLouise Erdrich, Perennial Harper, $18
              5. Hail Mary ProjectAndy Weir, Ballantine Books, $20


                alta journal california bestseller list, november 2 2022, northern california, trade paperback, nonfiction


                1. Braiding Sweetgrass for Young Adults: Indigenous Wisdom, Science and Plant TeachingsRobin Wall Kimmerer, Milkweed Publishing, $20
                2. Fuzz: When nature breaks the lawMary Roach, WW Norton & Company, $16.95
                3. Body Keeps Score: Brain, Mind, and Body in Trauma HealingBessel van der Kolk, MD, Penguin Books, $19
                4. Zen and the art of saving the planetThich Nhat Hanh, Harper One, $17.99
                5. All About Love: New Visionsbell hooks, William Morrow, $16.99

                  Source: California Independent Booksellers Alliance

                  Comedian Kevin Nealon Publishes Celebrity Sketchbook ‘I Exaggerate: My Brushes with Fame’


                  SAN FRANCISCO (KGO) — Comedian Kevin Nealon recently released “I Exaggerate: My Brushes with Fame,” a book featuring sketches and memoirs of his famous friends.

                  Some of his favorite portraits and stories that can be found in his book include those of Steve Martin and Arnold Palmer.

                  The ‘Saturday Night Live’ star shares that although he’s doodled all his life, it’s only in recent years that drawing people has become a hobby. He adds that he attracted people who sat across from him at table reads for SNL, including actors like Chris Farley and Lorne Michaels.

                  He notes that what was once a simple activity to relieve his boredom later turned into a therapeutic measure he could use in his daily life. Nealon often brought his sketchbook with him on flights to reduce the stress and anxiety he felt when dealing with his claustrophobia on those air trips.

                  “I was flying a lot too, and I went through a bout of claustrophobia and one of the things that helped me was getting out a sketchbook and drawing,” he said.

                  MORE: ‘Friends’ actor Matthew Perry says in new memoir he nearly died at 49 from opioid overuse

                  His book of celebrity cartoons and anecdotes can be purchased from retailers like Barnes & Noble and Amazon as well as signed copies ordered from Book Soup.

                  You can watch the full interview in the video player above.

                  If you’re on the ABC7 News app, click here to watch live

                  Copyright © 2022 KGO-TV. All rights reserved.

                  10 books to read in November



                  November brings historical fiction, romance, tears and books to keep you laughing. Best-selling authors Michael Connelly and Anthony Horowitz both have something new to get the pulse racing this month, just enough to combat that post-Thanksgiving turkey tryptophan rush.

                  9 highly anticipated book adaptations on screens big and small

                  “The Cloisters”, by Katy Hays (Atria, November 1)

                  Upper Manhattan’s Medieval Museum filled with Gothic arches and stained glass windows provides an atmospheric setting for this scholarly academic thriller. With a new graduate degree in Early Renaissance Studies, Ann makes her first trip to New York for a summer job at the Metropolitan Museum, where her assignment takes her to the dark and mysterious halls of the Cloisters. What begins as a curiosity for theories of divination turns into a preoccupation with a 15th-century deck of tarot cards, an obsession shared by fellow scholars who have secrets of their own.

                  10 books to read in October

                  “Meredith, Alone,” by Claire Alexander (Grand Central, November 1)

                  Three years of panic attacks have kept Meredith indoors – working remotely, shopping online and exercising on her staircase. A visit from Tom, a persistent charity volunteer who reaches out to anyone in need of a friend, disrupts his comforting routine of cooking and puzzles; but his presence may be enough to help her understand and resolve the trauma that has kept her isolated. Alexander, who writes with compassion about overcoming mental challenges, started writing his first novel before the pandemic, but a lack of human connection after isolation is now something many more people can relate to.

                  “To Fill a Yellow House,” by Sussie Anie (Mariner, November 1)

                  On Halloween night, Kwasi knocks on the door of a messy charity shop trying to escape schoolyard bullies, and Rupert, owner of the Chest of Little Wonders, welcomes him inside. The unlikely duo develop a friendship that anchors them both – Kwasi, an artistic boy, finds relief from the pressures of a new school and demanding Ghanaian immigrant parents, and Rupert soothes the pain of losing his wife there. over ten years, an absence he had addressed by using tea mixed with not-quite-legal herbs. Anie’s touching debut delivers a heartfelt message about what can happen when strangers from different backgrounds connect.

                  “Foster,” by Claire Keegan (Grove, November 1)

                  Keegan’s short story Enchantress centers on a child in Ireland whose Da leaves her with parents who are more resourceful. Along with the food and clothing they lovingly provide, the Kinsellas are generous with their time and provide their young charge with warmth and respect, which his exhausted parents’ home lacked. Their bond builds as the summer progresses, but there are unspoken emotions in even the most loving home that can be difficult for a child to comprehend. Keegan’s unaffected tale is a study in family grief and generosity.

                  Claire Keegan’s ‘Small Things Like These’ Reads Like a Christmas Classic

                  “Desert Star”, by Michael Connelly (Little Brown, November 8)

                  The Hieronymus “Harry” Bosch series, first published in 1992, is a cultural phenomenon. Connelly has written two dozen novels featuring the veteran homicide detective, and since 2014 Bosch has been an Amazon streaming mainstay (Amazon founder Jeff Bezos owns The Washington Post). At this point, Connelly could be forgiven for calling it out, but his latest entry into Bosch’s canon is as neat as the first. Detective Renée Ballard, who has joined the LAPD as head of the new, open, unsolved unit, entices retired Bosch to volunteer on her task force with the promise of resources to devote to her “white whale.” When a DNA sample connects two cases separated by more than a decade, Bosch and Ballard join forces to hunt down two deadly criminals.

                  “The Lemon”, by SE Boyd (Viking, November 8)

                  When bartender-turned-writer John Doe’s first book was a hit, agents made big promises for his future. His disinterest made him all the more attractive to Hollywood and propelled him to stardom as a culinary television host. His untimely death in a Belfast hotel provides another opportunity for those in his orbit to advance their own agendas. There’s his agent, whose comfortable retirement relies on Doe’s flawless legacy, and a reporter, who manufactures a connection with Doe to save his job. Doe’s friend, a world-famous chef who discovered the body, just wants to get back to cooking, but the unhinged hotel worker with a camera seems to have other ideas. Boyd, pseudonym of three co-writers, forcefully skewers what they call the “celebrity-death industry complex” with spit-fire humor.

                  Subscribe to the book world newsletter

                  “The Twist of a Knife”, by Anthony Horowitz (Harper, November 15)

                  Horowitz, the popular metafiction writer, brings back abrupt ex-detective Daniel Hawthorne to reluctantly help his former consultant after (fictional) writer Anthony Horowitz’s fingerprints are found on the ornamental dagger used to assassinate a theater critic who ruthlessly savaged his new West End play. The search for the real killer takes the duo through the dressing rooms of the Vaudeville Theatre, the secret parts of London and through a tunnel of beech trees to an estate in the English countryside, an adventure that will enchant mystery seekers, Anglophiles and theater lovers.

                  “The world deserves my children”, by Natasha Leggero (Gallery, November 15)

                  Leggero, a Hollywood triple threat (actress, writer and comedian) can add a memoirist to his list of accomplishments. Here, she regales readers with tales of parenthood, of deciding to remain childless while building a career in her most fertile years (“there is no greater status symbol for an adult actor in the quarantine than a grown child”) to navigating IVF and attempting to raise a child in an ecologically unstable world (“In Los Angeles, we only have three seasons left: awards, pilot and fire”). His essays shine with wit and warmth, casting an irreverent gaze at what the future may hold for the global warming generation.

                  “Astrid Parker Does Not Fail”, by Ashley Herring Blake (Berkley, November 22)

                  As Astrid is on her way to her first day on camera as a decorator for a home improvement show, Jordan, the carpenter, bursts through a door without looking, splattering coffee on her ivory dress. Although Jordan tries to apologize, Astrid’s outrage erupts and the two remain at odds – much to the delight of the showrunners, who eagerly play up their animosity. Fans of foe-to-love rom-coms may get an idea of ​​what’s to come, but Blake refreshes the tropes with charming dialogue and a cast of colorful characters from Bright Falls, Oregon, the setting of his previous novel, The Romance. queer “Delilah Green doesn’t care.”

                  “Winterland”, by Rae Meadows (Henry Holt, November 29)

                  Set in the world of Soviet-era gymnastics just after Olga Korbut backflips to glory at the 1972 Olympics, this immersive novel features three female characters behind the Iron Curtain: Anya, a gymnast 8 years old; his missing mother, Katerina; and Vera, a neighbor who spent 10 years in a Gulag. As Anya’s star rises, she’s still haunted by questions about her missing mother, and Vera’s torturous imprisonment in the tundra could lead to answers. A former competitive gymnast herself, Meadows authentically portrays the intense training and relentless dedication of an Olympic athlete striving to reach her peak.

                  A note to our readers

                  We participate in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to allow us to earn fees by linking to Amazon.com and affiliate sites.

                  Denby Fawcett: We should support independent bookstores. They open new worlds to us


                  Few good things have come out of the coronavirus pandemic, but one small, perhaps unnoticed, benefit has been the growth of independent bookstores.

                  More than 300 independent bookstores have opened across the country since the public health crisis began in 2020. That’s according to Allison Hill, CEO of the American Booksellers Association, the trade organization for independent booksellers.

                  One reason for the increase is businesses closing during the pandemic, leaving behind empty storefronts and good rental deals, Hill said in an email. Retailers have also started experimenting with new ways to sell products such as pop-up stores and mobile stores.

                  “People discovered these formats as a way to get into the book industry,” Hill said, adding that a shift in values ​​is another reason more people are supporting independent bookstores and opening themselves. some stores.

                  “The loss of lives and livelihoods that so many have suffered during the pandemic has inspired new perspectives for people, inspiring them to finally pursue their dream of work that aligns with their values ​​or that they believe is meaningful. for their community,” she said. “During the pandemic, we have also seen a renaissance in reading…and a renewed commitment to buying local…both of which have increased demand for independent bookstores.”

                  More independent bookstores started springing up in Hawaii even before the pandemic, including one in my neighborhood, Da Shop in Kaimuki.

                  When Da Shop launched in 2018, co-owner David DeLuca said he was encouraged to watch other bookstores open on Oahu around the same time: Bas Bookshop in Chinatown and the nonprofit Friends of the Library, which has opened its own second-hand bookstore in Neighborhood Center.

                  Da Shop Bookstore in Kaimuki.
                  Customers browse the Da Shop bookstore in Kaimuki. Da Shop/Elyse Butler

                  DeLuca said today’s 20-50 demographic favors more personalized retail experiences in almost everything they buy, from artisanal lattes to yoga apparel.

                  “The book industry, and in particular the independents, responds strongly to this and really provides communities with voices, stories and books that match and meet these needs. It’s a more curated experience and, more importantly, it’s human-to-human contact,” he said.

                  On Amazon.com you can get cheaper books, but you have to know what you are looking for. There are no human beings to guide you.

                  “We are in tune with the wishes of our customers. Large corporate bookstores only carry books that appeal to many different types of people in a wide variety of locations, but we work hard to find books that are of particular interest to our local audience,” said Pat Banning, owner of BookEnds, an independent bookstore in Kailua. .

                  Another great advantage of the Indies is that they offer their customers the joy of discovery.

                  During a recent foray into BookEnds, I ended up buying a book I had never heard of: “A World in a Shell: Snail Stories for a Time of Extinctions”. The book sounds esoteric, but author Thom van Dooren uses skillful writing and photos of Hawaiian land snails – the most endangered species on the planet – to explain why we should care about their eventual extinction and survival. . Without the chance to hold this book on snails and flip through its pages, I doubt I would have bought it, let alone known.

                  BookEnds small booksellers shops Denby Fawcett
                  Pat Banning, owner of BookEnds, says independent bookstores are more in touch with the individualized needs of customers. Courtesy of BookEnds

                  I also walked out of BookEnds with a used copy of Shakespeare’s Sonnets which I found sitting in a pile near the cash register and bought for $5, enticed by its beautiful illustrations by Mary Jane Gorton. I also found a used copy of Graham Greene’s classic 1955 Vietnamese novel “The Quiet American”.

                  BookEnds, like many other independent stores, offers new and used books. Owner Banning says selling used books brings her good business and is an inexpensive way to build up a larger section of books for customers.

                  “You never know what you’ll find here. It’s like a treasure hunt. Where else can you find a book on bullfighting or a book on making poison darts? ” she laughs.

                  The resurgence of brick-and-mortar bookstores is happening on other islands, including the island of Hawaii, which now has six independent bookstores.

                  Brenda McConnell, who owns Kona Stories with business partner Joy Vogelgesang, isn’t sure why so many independent bookstores have sprung up on the island of Hawaii. She speculates that it may be because the island’s population centers are far apart. “If you live in Hilo, you’re not going to drive to Kona to buy a book. It is too far. You need your own store,” she said.

                  The increased support for independents in Hawaii is happening at the same time that large corporate booksellers are disappearing from the market. Barnes and Noble is the only remaining major bookseller in Hawaii with stores in Ala Moana Center and Kahului, Maui.

                  Costco announced in September that it would no longer sell books at its seven Hawaii locations. Borders – which once had six stores in Hawaii – disappeared after the company went bankrupt in 2011. Waldenbooks, which had 14 stores here, also disappeared.

                  “Independent bookstores are more important than ever. If there’s a positive side to Costco ending book sales, it means freelancers can take over some of that business,” said Bennett Hymer, owner of Mutual Publishing, a Kaimuki business specializing in books. works by local authors.

                  There isn’t a single independent bookstore on Maui.

                  Ed Justus owns the only full-service bookstore on Kauai: Talk Story in Hanapepe. Justus said it’s not just older readers who support his store. He’s always been amazed to find that the very young are the most excited and enthusiastic customers — 14- to 20-year-olds.

                  “They grew up with electronic media and are fascinated by physical media,” he said. “They come into the store and spend hours browsing through hard copies of books and vinyl record albums. They like to hold books and feel the smell of print and the joy of turning the pages.

                  “On the internet, you go straight to what you want to read, but exploring physical books and discs in a bookstore is a whole different experience. You never know what’s going to happen,” he said.

                  BookEnds small booksellers bookstores Denby Fawcett
                  Bookstore owners say their friendly setting offers a way to get young children interested in books. Da Shop/Elyse Butler

                  Justus has been in business for 18 years, selling 25,000 titles in what was once the old Yoshiura Store, a general merchandise store. He believes the key to his success is keeping a diverse and unusual inventory of new and used books.

                  “I try to find out what customers want to read to keep it fun for them,” he said. “We’re all geeks about something.”

                  I hope the owners of independent bookstores are right when they say they’re here to stay, even when the current inflationary economy’s soaring prices might cause some of their customers to turn to less e-books instead. expensive ones or start ordering physical books only from Amazon.

                  “Independent stores provide a friendly environment, a place where children come to enjoy books. We are able to help readers locate hard-to-find books. And offer other services such as giving tourists recommendations on where to eat,” said McConnell of the Kona Stories bookstore.

                  Christine Reed, owner of Basically Books in Hilo, echoed that sentiment: “Books have always been treasures. They are precious. There will always be bookstores where you can hold books and look inside. And someone to help you when you ask, “I’m looking for the perfect gift for a 3-year-old.”

                  Interestingly, today’s indies that seem so trendy and modern are actually the old-fashioned way we bought books before Amazon’s onslaught. We have come full circle.

                  Stocks open lower on Monday as market closes huge October comeback


                  Stocks open lower as last trading day of October begins

                  The shares opened lower at the start of the last trading day of October.

                  The S&P 500 traded down 0.6%, while the Nasdaq Composite lost 0.8%. Dow Jones Industrial Average futures lost 170 points, or 0.5%

                  — Samantha Subin

                  JPMorgan wants to manage more of the $500 billion in annual US rents with its new platform

                  A ‘For Rent’ sign is displayed near a house on February 07, 2022 in Houston, Texas.

                  Brandon Bell | Getty Images

                  JPMorgan Chase tested the software created for landlords and tenants which automates online rent payments, Sam Yen, chief innovation officer of JPMorgan’s commercial banking division, told CNBC.

                  Property managers and tenants don’t need to be JPMorgan customers to sign up for the platform when it goes live more widely next year, Yen said.

                  Digital payments have taken over more and more transactions around the world, boosted in recent years by the pandemic, but there is one corner of commerce where paper still reigns supreme: the monthly rent check. Indeed, the market is highly fragmented, with most of the country’s 12 million property owners managing smaller portfolios of less than 100 units.

                  As a result, about 78% are still paid using old-fashioned checks and money orders, according to JPMorgan. More than 100 million Americans pay $500 billion a year to live in rentals, the bank said.

                  —Hugh Son

                  Barclays downgrades Amgen ahead of obesity drug update

                  Barclays says investors should sell shares of Amgen ahead of its update for its obesity drug scheduled for next week.

                  Analyst Carter Gould said in a note to clients on Monday that despite the stock’s recent outperformance, investors have seen “sparse initial data” on the company’s drug.

                  CNBC Pro subscribers can read more about the Barclays downgrade here.

                  —Sarah Min

                  Paramount drops 3% after Wells Fargo downgrade

                  Paramount shares fell more than 3% in premarket trading on Monday after Wells Fargo downgraded the entertainment stock to underweight and said shares could fall more than 30%.

                  “We are downgrading PARA to underweight as we can no longer justify its premium multiple amid our more negative view of linear trends and the uncertain outlook for DTC,” analyst Steven Cahall wrote.

                  CNBC Pro subscribers can Read the full story here.

                  —Sarah Min, Samantha Subin

                  The Home Depot has a long-term opportunity with the Pro business

                  Despite the current macroeconomic environment, Home deposit has the right long-term growth strategy, Citi said in a note Monday.

                  In particular, the the trader’s Pro activitywhich targets professionals with larger planned orders, “only scratches the surface of the long-term potential,” wrote analyst Steven Zaccone.

                  “The planned buying opportunity with the big pro adds incremental sales and margin dollars to the business today, but it’s still very nascent,” he said. “After more than 4 years of investment and growing traction, we believe the business is poised to gain momentum over the next few years.”

                  Home Depot, down 28% year-to-date, is up nearly 14% from Citi’s price target.

                  Brazilian stocks fall after Lula’s stunning win

                  The $5.5 billion iShares MSCI Brazil ETF (EWZ), the largest exchange-traded fund that tracks Brazilian stocks, fell about 2.5% in premarket trading on Monday after the Brazilians secured a narrow presidential victory over Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva. The election gave the leftist former president another shot at power by rejecting the far-right policies of incumbent Jair Bolsonaro.

                  —Yun Li

                  Wynn Resorts, XPO Logistics, Petrobas among stocks moving in pre-market

                  These were the stocks that made the biggest moves in Monday’s pre-market trading session.

                  Wynn Resorts – Casino shares jumped more than 6% in premarket on news that investor Tilman Fertitta took a 6.1% stake in the resort operator, according to a Securities and Exchange Commission filing .

                  Petrobras — Shares of the Brazilian state-owned oil company plunged 8.9% in premarket after Luiz Inacio Lula da Silva defeats Jair Bolsonaro in the Brazilian presidential election.

                  XPO logistics – Shares gained 2.5% after the logistics company reported quarterly earnings of $1.45 per share and beat estimates by 10 cents per share. XPO’s revenue also beat analysts’ forecasts, helped by improved revenue from XPO’s LTL business.

                  Read the full list of stocks are moving here.

                  —Peter Schacknow, Samantha Subin

                  Eurozone inflation hits record high, economic growth slows in third quarter

                  Eurozone inflation climbed 10.7% from a year ago during the month of October as the 19-member bloc grapples with higher food and energy prices accentuated by Russia’s invasion of Ukraine.

                  This is the highest monthly reading since the Eurozone was formed.

                  The data comes after countries individually reported flash estimates last week. In Italy, headline inflation stood at 12.8% year-on-year, while Germany said inflation jumped to 11.6%.

                  Some countries, including Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania, have seen inflation rise by more than 20%.

                  Preliminary data released on Monday also showed sluggish economic growth in the third quarter, with gross domestic product rising just 0.2% in the third quarter. That’s down from a 0.8% increase in the second quarter.

                  —Silvia Amaro, Samantha Subin

                  Wheat prices rise nearly 6% after Russia pulls out of grain export deal

                  World wheat prices began to rise after Russia withdrew from the Black Sea grain export deal last weekend.

                  The most active wheat contract on the Chicago Board of Trade jumped 5.8% to $8.77-1/2 a bushel around midnight London time, according to Reuters, after hitting a high of $8.93. the bushel. Corn and soybean prices also rose.

                  The increases come after Russia announced on Saturday that it was suspending its participation in the Black Sea Grain Initiative which was negotiated in July and which allowed the export of vital agricultural products from several Ukrainian ports.

                  Russia announced on Saturday that it was withdrawing from the agreement indefinitely after accusing Ukraine of a “massive” drone attack on the Black Sea Fleet in Sevastopol in Crimea.

                  Ukraine did not specify whether it was responsible for the attack. President Volodymyr Zelenskyy said Russia’s withdrawal from the initiative was “rather predictable” and the global food crisis would worsen.

                  An aerial view of the Sierra Leone-flagged dry cargo ship Razoni which left the port of Odessa on Monday, arriving at the Black Sea entrance of the Bosphorus Strait in Istanbul, Turkey, Aug. 3, 2022.

                  Anadolu Agency | Anadolu Agency | Getty Images

                  Moscow’s decision was “an absolutely transparent Russian intention to deflect the threat of large-scale famine to Africa and Asia,” Zelenskyy said, adding that “access to food has actually deteriorated for more than 7 million consumers”.

                  The UN and Turkey, which helped Ukraine and Russia reach the grain deal, have agreed a plan with Ukraine to help move 16 ships (12 outbound and 4 inbound) stranded in the maritime corridor used to export cereals.

                  The grain export control agency, the Joint Coordination Centre, said in a statement on Sunday that “in order to continue to realize the Initiative, it was proposed that the Turkish and United Nations delegations provide tomorrow 10 inspection teams aimed at inspecting 40 outgoing vessels. This inspection plan was accepted by the Turkish delegation. ‘Ukraine. The delegation of the Russian Federation has been informed.’

                  —Holly Ellyatt

                  Goldman Sachs expects Fed rates to peak at 5%

                  Goldman Sachs economists expect the Federal Reserve funds rate to peak at 5%, after raising its forecast for the central bank to hike 75 basis points at the next meeting this week.

                  Economists led by Jan Hatzius said in a note on Saturday they were adding another 25 basis points to their forecast – now calling for a 50 basis point hike in December, a 25 basis point hike in February and another increase of 25 basis points in March.

                  “Inflation is expected to remain uncomfortably elevated for some time, which could make continued upside in small increments the path of least resistance,” the note said.

                  Jihye Lee

                  CNBC Pro: These 12 cheap global stocks should rally — and analysts love them

                  Stocks around the world have sold off this year on fears of recession and soaring inflation – and now look cheap.

                  Analysts say there could be buying opportunities on some stocks that they expect to see a rally.

                  To find these stocks, CNBC Pro selected names under the MSCI World Index that met a number of criteria.

                  CNBC Pro subscribers can learn more here.

                  —Weizhen Tan

                  Flat Open Equity Futures Contracts

                  Futures were little changed when trading began at 6 p.m. ET on Sunday, with Nasdaq 100 futures down just 0.1% and S&P 500 and Dow futures closer to the flatline.

                  —Jesse Pound

                  Traders looking for a sign of slowing from the Fed

                  Wall Street will be closely watching the Federal Reserve’s statement this week for signs that the central bank will slow its pace of rate hikes.

                  According to FedWatch CME Tooltraders estimate there is an 80% chance the Fed will hike rates by three-quarters of a point on Wednesday.

                  This would bring the central bank’s target range to 3.75% to 4%.

                  Beyond that, however, the market looks more uncertain. There is only a 44% chance of another rise of this size in December.

                  —Jesse Pound

                  Dow set for best month since 1976

                  Major averages rose last week despite a rocky batch of earnings. All three are poised to break a two-month losing streak, and the Dow Jones is poised for its best month in over 40 years.

                  Here’s where things stand:

                  The Dow:

                  • Up 5.72% last week, its fourth straight winning week
                  • Up 14.40% for the month, its best month since January 1976, when it gained 14.41%

                  The S&P 500:

                  • Up 3.95% last week, its second positive week in a row
                  • Up 8.8% for the month

                  The Nasdaq Compound:

                  • Up 2.24% last week, its second consecutive positive week
                  • Up 4.98% for the month

                  —Jesse Pound, Christopher Hayes

                  Concord Events: Halloween Street Party; Dungeons & Dragons; Books


                  CONCORD, NH – Looking to take a family outing? Want to spend an evening with friends? Patch has you covered with several happenings and happenings happening this week in Concord. Here are some events happening in town this week.

                  Got an event you’d like to see in the next roundup? You can add it to the calendar using this form. As always, it’s free post an event in your community. To reach more people, you can promote your event and share it nearby for $2 per day per community.

                  Here are all of this week’s events in the Concord area:

                  yoga baby and me

                  Trick-Or-Treat on Tremont Street Halloween 10/31

                  • When: Monday, October 31 at 5:00 p.m.
                  • Where: Rue de Tremont
                  • What: Trick-or-Treat on Tremont Street is a small block party in Concord, New Hampshire on Monday, October 31 from 5-8 p.m. There will be traditional neighborhood activities for Halloween: distribution of candies, costumes, decorated houses and interactions between neighbors. This is the first time we’ve… Learn more

                  Dungeons & Dragons for Teens and Tweens

                  • When: Tuesday, November 1 at 4:00 p.m.
                  • Where: Concord Public Library
                  • What: Launch the initiative! Join our adventures on the first and third Tuesdays of the month as we explore and protect the world of Concordia. Beginners and experts are welcome! Space is limited so be sure to register at www.concordpubliclibrary.net/librarycalendar Learn more

                  Freya Marske and Everina Maxwell – a fantastic fantasy author’s party!

                  • When: Tuesday, November 1 at 6:00 p.m.
                  • Where: Gibson Bookstore
                  • What: Virtual author event, free registration. We’re celebrating two book launches in one tonight as two of our booksellers’ favorite fantasy authors release their highly anticipated sequels on the same day! Freya Marske (A Marvelous Light) delights us with A Restless Truth, and Eve… Learn more

                  Preschool story time

                  • When: Wednesday, November 2 at 9:30 a.m.
                  • Where: Concord Public Library
                  • What: This course includes stories, finger games and songs, all designed to reinforce children’s reading or pre-reading skills. Space is limited. Please register at www.concordpubliclibrary.net/librarycalendar. Learn more

                  Women & Finance

                  • When: Wednesday, November 2 at 1:00 p.m.
                  • Where: GoodLife programs and activities
                  • What: Presenter: Diane PetrinDate/time: Wednesday, November 2, 1-2 p.m.Cost/registration: $5. You must register before November 1 at 12 p.m. GoodLife will email you the Zoom link a day or two before class. *** Online registrations will be for live classes via Zoom! To register in… Learn more

                  Penacook Winter Farmer’s Market – Every Wednesday

                  • When: Wednesday, November 2 at 3:00 p.m.
                  • Where: River Hill Barn, 32 Horse Hill Road, Penacook, NH 03303
                  • What: Every Wednesday, 3-6 p.m. – ending 5/31/22 River Hill Grange, 32 Horse Hill Rd, Penacook, NH 03303 Open Farmer’s Market and Warner River Produce Pickup Point. Assorted seasonal vegetables, leafy greens, micro greens, apples, holy basil teas, herbs and herbal blends, dried hot peppers,… Learn more

                  Author Chelsea Conaboy – Maternal brain: how neuroscience is rewriting the story of parenthood

                  • When: Wednesday, November 2 at 6:30 p.m.
                  • Where: Gibson Bookstore
                  • What: Concord Monitor alumnus and health and science journalist Chelsea Conaboy returns to Concord and Gibson Bookstore to present her book on the changes motherhood brings to the brain, with Mother Brain: How Neuroscience is Rewriting the Story of Parenthood, blowing up the con.. . Learn more

                  An Evening of Art: Frenemies and The Wyeths

                  • When: Wednesday, November 2 at 7:30 p.m.
                  • Where: Concord City Auditorium
                  • What: The Walker Lecture Series invites you to Frenemies: The Art World’s Greatest Rivalries and The Wyeths: An American Artistic Dynasty Frenemies: The Art World’s Greatest Rivalries Art historian Jane Oneail will examine how some of the world’s greatest artists challenged and… Learn more

                  Fair 2022

                  • When: Thursday, November 3 at 9:00 a.m.
                  • Where: Kimball Jenkins School of Art
                  • What: SALON 2022 is an open exhibition exploring the diversity of studio practices, mediums, ways of thinking and working of a wide range of regional artists, and highlighting underrepresented artists. All mediums are welcome – sculpture, mixed media, painting, drawings, ceramics, … Learn more

                  Fitness & Core – Thursday

                  • When: Thursday, November 3 at 9:30 a.m.
                  • Where: GoodLife programs and activities
                  • What: Instructor: Jill Smith, CPTDate/Time: Thursdays, Nov. 3-Dec. 29, 9:30-10:25 a.m. (no classes 11/24) Cost/Registration: $50, must register by 2 November at noon. GoodLife will email you the Zoom link a day or two before class. ***Online registrations will be… Learn more

                  STEAM for the little ones

                  • When: Thursday, November 3 at 10 a.m.
                  • Where: Concord Public Library
                  • What: Research shows that an early introduction to science and math also boosts literacy! This is a program for preschoolers (and their caregivers) that allows them to explore a new STEAM topic each month. Please register at www.concordpubliclibrary.net/librarycalendar. Learn more

                  Author Visit: Senator Russ Feingold – The Constitution in Danger

                  • When: Thursday, November 3 at 12 p.m.
                  • Where: Gibson Bookstore
                  • What: Senator Russ Feingold visits Gibson Bookstore to talk about his new book, The Constitution in Jeopardy: An Unprecedented Effort to Rewrite Our Fundamental Law and What We Can Do About It! This event is free and open to the public. No registration is required. A former American… Learn more

                  Open Medicare Enrollment: Explore Your Options

                  • When: Thursday, November 3 at 3:00 p.m.
                  • Where: GoodLife programs and activities
                  • What: Presenter: Christine Gross, Owner Tindon Financial ServicesDate/Time: Thursday November 3, 3-4pmCost/Registration: FREE! You must register before November 2 at 12 p.m. GoodLife will email you the Zoom link a day or two before class. ***Online registrations will be for the… Learn more

                  The future of democratization in South Asia

                  • When: Thursday, November 3 at 6:00 p.m.
                  • Where: On line
                  • What: Join the New Hampshire Global Affairs Council for our virtual discussion on the future prospects of democratization in South Asia with Ayesha Jalal of Tufts University. Part of the William & Patricia Ayers Global Tipping Points series. Sign up at https://www…. Learn more

                  Wesley McNair – Late Wonders: New and Selected Poems

                  • When: Thursday, November 3 at 6:30 p.m.
                  • Where: Gibson Bookstore
                  • What: Poet Wesley McNair returns to Gibson Bookstore after several years of absence to delight us with his new volume of verse, Late Wonders: New & Selected Poems! “Wesley McNair is a kind of Chekhov of American poetry.”–Ted Kooser, Pulitzer Prize winner and American Poet Laureate Learn more

                  Junior Service League of Concord’s 5th Annual Fall Festivus

                  • When: Thursday, November 3 at 6:30 p.m.
                  • Where: The Bull Meadow Barn
                  • What: The Junior Service League of Concord is thrilled to host its 5th Annual Fall Festival on November 3, 2022! This event is a great way to have fun while contributing to JSL’s mission to support women and children in the crisis region through grantmaking, advocacy and ser… Learn more

                  Your body adapts

                  • When: Friday, November 4 at 9:45 a.m.
                  • Where: GoodLife programs and activities
                  • What: Instructor: Erica Mumford, CPTD Date/Time: Fridays, Nov. 4-Jan. 6, 9:45-10:40 a.m. (no classes 11/11 or 11/25) Cost/registration: $50. You must register before November 3 at 12 p.m. GoodLife will email you the Zoom link a day or two before class. ***Registrations made online with… Learn more

                  Yoga book club

                  • When: Friday, November 4 at 6:00 p.m.
                  • Where: Blossom Yoga & Wellness
                  • What: Yoga Book Club On the first Friday of every month, we meet at Blossom Yoga to relax in restorative poses, sip wine and review a book!! The Person We Keep By: Allison Larkin Learn more

                  High Street Coffee House & Open Mic with Tom Pirozzoli

                  • When: Friday, November 4 at 7:00 p.m.
                  • Where: Boscawen Congregational Church
                  • What: NH singer/songwriter/artist, Tom Pirozzoli will be our lead performer as we celebrate our 4th anniversary! https://pirozzoli.com/ The High Street Coffee House in Boscawen is also an “Open Mic” room, welcoming musicians, poets and comedians to take the stage for two songs or ten… Learn more

                  5K HOME Run from Fellowship Housing

                  • When: Saturday, November 5 at 9:00 a.m.
                  • Where: Rollins Park
                  • What: Fellowship Housing Opportunities, Inc. provides decent, safe and affordable housing for members of our community living with mental illness. Please join us at our first 5K HOME Run event. There will be a walk/run, raffles, snacks and more! Do you want to support Fellowship Housing… Learn more

                  Discover more local events, or add your own, on the Concord Patch Community Calendar.

                  Editor’s note: This article was auto-generated from event information provided primarily by community members. Patch has not independently verified much of this information, always check with organizers to confirm that published events are going as planned. Click on any event in the list for more details. You can also contact [email protected] for any questions or other comments regarding this article.

                  Watch Now – A Life of Comics


                  SAnother of the first comic books Robert Pilk remembers reading as a child was the Fantastic Four, a superhuman team that got its start in the 1960s.

                  “I enjoyed the humor and excitement of the Fantastic Four. It seemed like it was fun being a comic book character,” said Pilk, who still owns some of the Marvel comics from his youth.

                  “I loved them all, Spider-Man and Avengers. My goal was to get all the Marvels that had ever been released. I never got there, but I had fun trying,” he said. stated with a laugh.

                  But what he accomplished was equally impressive for the comic book expert.

                  Pilk and two of his comic book-enthusiast buddies, Wayne Richardson and the late John Stone, hit it off the hook and opened Mountain Empire Comics in 1984, never imagining that their small brick-and-mortar business would survive the lulls. industry, an economic downturn in the country – and even a global pandemic.

                  People also read…

                  But, he has, for 38 years, in fact.

                  Within a year of opening, the trio of business partners had successfully added two storefronts, one in Kingsport, which closed in the late 1990s, and the other in Johnson City, which continues to work.

                  For more than three decades, Pilk has kept the doors open at the State Street store he runs, sharing his passion for comics, an art form that seems to continue, despite competition from electronic gadgets and entertainment. on the big screen today.

                  Business has been so good for the local owner that he hosts an annual Rob-Con comic book convention, an integral part of comic book culture. After canceling the event in 2020 and 2021 due to the pandemic, Pilk kicked off the annual event last month, welcoming up to 4,000 comic book fans from across the country.

                  Mountain Empire Comics is the brainchild of three friends who shared a love of comics and enjoyed showing the art to other people.

                  “It was so much fun when we first opened. I had never worked in a retail store before. Every day was about learning and talking to customers about the comics,” Pilk said, reminiscing about their professionnal career.

                  Each of the business partners juggled their time in the stores while working other jobs.

                  At the time, Pilk and Richardson worked at the Bristol Herald Courier and Stone ran the Cameo Theatre. “We each put up $600 in cash and some of our own comics to start,” Pilk said. This was during a time when X-Men, GI Joe and Transformers were top sellers.

                  The first store was located on Piedmont Avenue next to the Burger Bar. Since then, the store has moved three more times, ending up on Sixth Street across from the post office in Bristol, Tennessee.

                  The Kingsport site closed in the late 1990s. The Johnson City store continues to operate under the co-ownership of Diana Simpson following Stone’s death in 2017.

                  So what’s the deal with comics?

                  Comic book sales hit a record $2 billion market in 2021, according to Forbes.com.

                  The record number represents the highest total ever measured for sales of periodical comics, graphic novels and digital comics.

                  Pilk believes comics provide readers with an escape from normal life, but they also provide a unique form of entertainment for almost anyone, even if they’re not superhero fans.

                  It is no longer children or teenagers who read comics. Pilk welcomes a variety of people, of all ages and walks of life, to his store daily.

                  Her clients run the gamut from politicians, doctors, lawyers, ministers, stay-at-home moms and their children.

                  “We have clients who have been with us for 38 years. Some of them were just starting to date when we opened and now their kids are graduating from college,” Pilk said.

                  “We also have a lot more female customers now. When we started it was pretty much a one guy hobby. Pilk attributes the trend to an increase in comic books based on movies, such as Black Panther, Black Adam and Dr. Strange, and other comic stories such as Moon Knight and She-Hulk, published on the Disney Channel.

                  “This is Moon Knight. He just had a television series on the Disney channel. It’s hugely popular, Pilk said, flipping through a display of new releases in his store from Marvel and DC Comics, two of the most successful comic book publishers.

                  “Of course, everyone knows Thor. I tell people he’s the only Marvel superhero to have a day of the week named after him. Thursday comes from the time of Thor.

                  Other popular comics in 2022 are Amazing Spider-Man, Venom, Batman, Moon Knight, and Spawn.

                  The comics’ intricate artistry is one of the biggest draws for customers, Pilk said.

                  Graphic novels, which are comic book format books that resemble a novel in length and narrative development, are popular with many of its customers because they contain the full set of stories.

                  The ups and downs of the industry

                  While many businesses have suffered during the COVID-19 pandemic, the local bookstore owner saw sales increase after the pandemic hit in 2020.

                  “The comic book industry has had its ups and downs, but it’s actually been more stable than people think,” Pilk said. “I was certain that the pandemic would put us underground. They stopped publishing comics for about two months, so we decided to temporarily close the store during that time. It was a difficult decision to make. »

                  During the pandemic, publishers connected online with their fans via Facebook and Instagram, perhaps, appealing more to younger audiences during this time.

                  “Some people get into comics just to make money. I need to make money, but I also love comics and I encourage people to read comics and make them. When they walk into the store, they know there’s another fan here to listen and tell them about what happened in the last comic issue.

                  Chip Watkins from Bristol, Virginia started reading comic books when he was 6 years old. He thanks Pilk for introducing him to the art form.

                  “He got me into comics. After school I used to hang out with him at the store. He used to talk to me and give me tips on how to keep them clean and in good shape,” said Watkins, who has since collected as many as 15,000 comics over the years.

                  “He’s one of our biggest collectors,” said Zoe Hutchinson, a part-time assistant at the Bristol store.

                  Hutchinson was 14 when she walked from her home on Pearl Street to Mountain Empire Comic. It was there that she was introduced to comics by Pilk.

                  “I think comics are really good at telling stories that aren’t very good for novels, especially stories with a lot of visual metaphor,” she said.

                  Pilk himself has always been a big comic book collector, recently collecting as many as 17,000 comics. The store owner said he sold most of them, saving the most sentimental ones from his childhood. When he started buying comics as a kid, comics sold for 12 cents. Now the price has gone up to $3.99 and $4.99 each.

                  “It’s risky investing in comics,” Pilk warned. “But, if you find an old superhero comic book like Batman or Spiderman that’s in good shape, keep it for 20 years. You’ll make money.

                  Pilk attributes the boom in the business to the emergence of direct-to-market distribution in the 1980s. Direct sales meant that distributors bought comics in bulk from publishers, allowing them to sell directly to retailers. Prior to direct distribution, retailers purchased comics directly from publishers for display on newsstands and returned books that did not sell to publishers.

                  “With direct sales, we make a bigger percentage of profit and have the freedom to decide how much we want to buy,” Pilk said.

                  Direct sales, however, prevented the return of unsold comics, resulting in excess inventory for customers. This has actually helped create a growing number of comic book collectors over the years.

                  This has resulted in a whole new buying trend, Pilk said. More and more people started buying and selling comic collectibles.

                  Despite the ups and downs of the business, Pilk still believes there’s never been a better time to sell comics. At 69, Pilk does not know when he will retire.

                  “As long as they keep making comics and we can keep selling them and making enough money to keep the doors open, I’ll keep working,” Pilk said. “We’ve struggled over the years, but it’s fun every year. I always look forward to coming to work every day.

                  “I think I will never get tired of it.”

                  Carolyn R. Wilson is a freelance writer in Glade Spring, Virginia. Contact her at [email protected]

                  Flood appointed to the board of directors of First Citizens BancShares


                  RALEIGH, North Carolina, Oct. 28, 2022 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Eugene Flood Jr. has been appointed to the board of directors of First Citizens BancShares (“BancShares”) and its First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company (“First Citizens Bank”) subsidiary, effective January 1, 2023. He fills the vacant position that will be created by the retirement of director Daniel Heavner, effective December 31, 2022. Heavner has been a director since 2007.

                  “I would like to thank Dan for his many years of dedication and service,” said Frank B. Holding Jr., President and CEO of First Citizens. “I also welcome Gene to First Citizens. The expertise he brings will be an important asset for the board and our company.

                  Since 2017, Flood has been a member of the board of directors of Janus Henderson Group PLC, where he currently chairs the risk committee. He is a former President and CEO of Smith Breeden Associates, a North Carolina-based fixed income asset manager. Flood also served as Executive Vice President of TIAA CREF until his retirement in 2012 and served on the CREF Board and the TIAA CREF Mutual Fund Board for seven years, including as chairman of the investment committee.

                  Earlier in his career, Flood held various trading and investment positions at Morgan Stanley from 1987 to 1999 and was an assistant professor of finance at the Stanford Graduate School of Business from 1982 to 1987.

                  In addition, Flood has served as chair of the advisory board for the Institute for Global Health and Infectious Diseases at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill since 2014 and director of the Research Corporation for Science Advancement since 2015. Previously, he served as a director of the Financial Accounting Foundation from 2016 to 2020 and a trustee of The Foundation for the Carolinas from 2012 to 2015.

                  Since 2013, Flood has been the managing partner of A Cappella Partners, a family-run office that focuses on for-profit and non-profit board business, community service and philanthropic endeavours.

                  Flood holds a doctorate in economics from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. He earned a bachelor’s degree in economics from Harvard University. He and his wife reside in Chapel Hill, North Carolina. Flood was appointed as a member of the Risk Committee of BancShares and the Trust Committee of First Citizens Bank.


                  First Citizens BancShares, Inc. is the financial holding company of First Citizens Bank. In January 2022, First Citizens BancShares and CIT Group Inc. merged, creating one of the top 20 US financial institutions, with over $100 billion in assets.

                  First Citizens Bank helps individuals, businesses, businesses and high net worth customers build lasting financial strength. As America’s largest family-owned bank, First Citizens continues a unique legacy of strength, stability and long-term thinking that has spanned generations. Its commercial banking segment provides a wide range of best-in-class lending, leasing and banking services to medium and small businesses from coast to coast. Founded in 1898 and headquartered in Raleigh, North Carolina, First Citizens also operates a nationwide direct bank and a network of more than 550 branches in 22 states, many in high-growth markets. Visit firstcitizens.com. First citizen bank. Always First®

                  Contact: Deanna Hart Barbara Thompson
                  Investor Relations Business communication
                  919-716-2137 919-716-2716

                  A photo accompanying this ad is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/608113e8-1ceb-4059-a72e-201fc2c26157

                  Move to downtown “much better suited” for Codex Books; owner plans to offer breakfast and lunch menu – Muddy River News


                  Jennifer Tournear is the general store manager of Codex Books and Alex Craig is the majority owner of the bookstore located in the former Kirlin’s Hallmark building at 532 Maine in Quincy. | david adam

                  QUINCY — Alex Craig is much happier now that his bookstore has moved downtown.

                  Codex Books opened October 1 in the former Kirlin’s Hallmark building at 532 Maine after first moving in May 2021 to the Quincy Books and Toys location next to Hobby Lobby, 3800 Broadway, in the mall Quincy Commons.

                  “Why not move downtown? says Craig. “The city center corresponds much better to what we are looking for in terms of bookstores. The atmosphere is generally better. Being next to the Quincy Commons big box stores did us a disservice. Here we are in a very visible and high profile place, especially because the Kirlin building has been a staple in Quincy for a very long time.

                  Kirlin’s building has been empty since 2017. Craig leases the building to 532 Maine LLC, owned by William Duryea.

                  Craig, from Palmyra, Mo., likes to use the phrase “certified pre-owned” instead of “used” when describing some of the books available at his store. Also available are new books on the New York Times bestseller list and popular children’s fiction books.

                  “Our used books are fantastic business,” he said. “We sell them at a maximum of half the (original) selling price and we only take them in new or like new condition. It’s like having a new book at half price.

                  Many books were locally owned and customers brought their books to the store to sell.

                  “We do auctions and estate sales, but most are from this area,” Craig said.

                  The time spent at Quincy Commons helped Craig accumulate information about his clients, helping convince him to move downtown.

                  “The unfortunate thing about buying a business from someone else is that you’re stuck inheriting whatever they were doing with inventory and in terms of leases and things like that,” did he declare. “Having been there for a little over a year, we got some solid data to base some decisions on. We learned about our customer demographics, which days of the week are doing better, how we get customers from where they come from and how they react to our marketing.

                  “We found that just didn’t work there, and in our research we found that the population we’re looking at tends to shop in more historic, downtown-type neighborhoods. We were very lucky to be able to get a good deal with the new owners and our rent is much cheaper. »

                  With over 5,300 square feet available (including the store, two warehouses and a proposed kitchen), Craig plans to expand the Codex Books offering – pending plumbing work and an inspection by the county health department of Adams.

                  “One of the things we had in our old store was our bubble tea and coffee bar, which we haven’t been able to fully transfer yet,” Craig said. “Once we have everything in place, we can expand this service. We didn’t have room at the old place for anything other than the refrigerator, but now we have plenty of room. We can start making popping bubble tea and real fruit and bubble teas.

                  Craig also wants to offer breakfast and lunch to downtown visitors.

                  “Being here, we noticed that there really isn’t a great place to eat lunch downtown, especially for quick take-out options,” he said. “There are others that are more of a sit-down situation, taking your time. What we’re looking for is a quick sandwich and a salad. You can get in and out in 30 minutes, or you can take it back to your office downtown.

                  Codex Books has 10 employees, and once the catering service becomes available, Craig says the staff will increase.

                  Craig, who also owns a health services company, got into selling books because he learned the owners of Quincy Books and Toys wanted to retire and sell – but they didn’t have a job. buyers.

                  “I just felt bad that Quincy was going to lose a bookstore,” he said. “Now we are very happy to be downtown. It’s a much better fit. This space is much better suited. The reception from the community was good and we were very happy to hear the comments.

                  Codex Books is open 11 a.m. to 7 p.m. Monday through Thursday, 11 a.m. to 9 p.m. Friday and Saturday, and noon to 5 p.m. Sunday.

                  Miss Clipping Out Stories to save for later?

                  Click the Buy a Story button below to order a print of this story. We’ll print it for you on matte photo paper to keep forever.

                  purchase history


                  Comedy Night with Zoe Rogers and other Boulder events for today – Boulder Daily Camera


                  Comedy night with Zoe Rodgers Boulder-based comedian Zoe Rogers, who founded the Boulder Comedy Festival, will bring her comedy to the stage with Linus Leas, Ricky Ramos, Miriam Moreno and Derrick Stroup; 8 p.m. Thursday, Velvet Elk Lounge, 2037 13th St., Boulder; $15; www.velvetelklounge.com.

                  “Aspens in the fall” exhibition: Head to the R Gallery for a glass of wine and to browse its “Aspens in the Fall” exhibit which is filled with beautiful and iconic Colorado aspens in their brightest and most colorful season; 11 a.m. Thursday, R Gallery + Wine Bar, 2027 Broadway, Boulder; Free; rgallery.art.

                  Haunted Buff Day: For CU Boulder Homecoming Weekend, students can take photos with Chip and enjoy free food and activities, like a mechanical bull and inflatable obstacle course; 11 a.m. Thursday, Farrand Field, Boulder; calendar.colorado.edu.

                  Reproductive Rights Advocacy Workshop: Join this interactive New Era Colorado workshop that will dive into the history of reproductive organizing in Colorado and the role storytelling has played within the movement. The workshop will explore and engage with different storytelling mediums for reproductive advocacy and provide participants with the tools/resources to become an advocate in their community; 5:30 p.m. Thursday, Hellems 241, CU Boulder; calendar.colorado.edu.

                  Valarie Bhat at BOCO Cider: Boulder-based singer-songwriter Valerie Bhat plays a wide repertoire of popular covers and original Texas blues material; 5 p.m. Thursday, BOCO Cider, 1501 Lee Hill Drive, Unit 14, Boulder; Free; bococider.com.

                  Open mike at Sanitas: Meet at the bar on the last Thursday of every month for an open mic night. Enjoy music from local artists or take the stage yourself. Performers get a free pint; 6 p.m. Thursday, Sanitas Brewing Co., 3550 Frontier Ave., Unit A, Boulder; Free; sanitasbrewing.com.

                  Signature of the book “The oldest remedy in the world”: Boulder author Steve Hendricks will speak and sign his new book, “The Oldest Cure in the World: Adventures in the Art and Science of Fasting,” at Boulder Bookstore; 6:30 p.m. Thursday, Boulder Bookstore, 1107 Pearl St., Boulder; $5; boulderbookstore.net.

                  Halloween party at La Grange: This party will feature comedian Georgia Comstock, music from Tejon Street Corner Thieves and chefs from The Butcher & The Blonde. Hosted by Terrapin Care Station, the bar will feature Keef mocktails, seasonal dishes, beer from Sanitas Brewery and treats from various cannabis brands. Dress to impress, the costume contest theme is classic cinema. The barn at South Boulder is a private space, location details will be provided upon registration; 7 p.m. Thursday, The Barn, Boulder Junction; $65 to $75; buytickets.at/masonjareventgroup/771535access code: Disguise.

                  Books are back: New Barnes & Noble set to open in Riverhead next week


                  RIVERHEAD, NY – Books are back in Riverhead: Barnes & Noble will host a ribbon cutting and book signing for best-selling author Nelson DeMille at the grand opening of the bookseller’s latest location in Riverhead.

                  The store will be the first new Barnes & Noble to open on Long Island in 14 years, and the first of two locations the bookseller plans to bring to Long Island soon.

                  The Riverhead Barnes & Noble will open its doors on Wednesday, November 2 at 10 a.m.

                  The new Barnes & Noble is located at 1470 Old Country Road, across from The Home Depot and Shop Rite, near DSW in the storefront recently vacated by Pier 1 Imports.

                  Local legend and New York Times bestselling author Nelson DeMille will cut the ribbon on opening day and sign copies of his new release, The Maze, Book No. 8 in the John Corey series, following the detective d now-retired NYPD homicide John Corey, Barnes & Noble says.

                  The new location joins other Barnes & Noble bookstores in the Long Island area at Smith Haven Mall, East Northport, Bay Shore, Massapequa, Carle Place, Lake Success and Manhasset.

                  “It’s been a long time since Riverhead enjoyed having its own bookstore and we’re delighted to be opening one again,” said James Daunt, CEO of Barnes & Noble. “Riverhead’s wonderful team of booksellers, led by Store Manager Sarah deQuillfeldt, have been hard at work getting their new store ready for the holiday season. Creating a slate of community-friendly book signings, author events and storytimes was a top priority for this experienced team of booksellers. »

                  The new Riverhead bookstore is the 12th Barnes & Noble to open so far this year, and the bookseller has announced plans to open at least 30 more in the near future. That compares to just 15 total new stores opened in the nine years from 2010 to 2019, according to a statement.

                  “When Borders closed in Riverhead in 2011, it left a void felt by many local readers. Customers have expressed their desire to open a Barnes & Noble in Riverhead and I’m so happy to be able to give our neighbors what they’re asking for,” deQuillfeldt said. “Our team is entirely local to Long Island and we’ve been eagerly stocking our shelves with the books we know our community will love. I look forward to opening our doors and welcoming everyone.

                  Riverhead Town supervisor Yvette Aguiar was delighted with the news. “There is a lot of excitement here in Riverhead at the prospect of Barnes & Noble opening on Route 58. During the COVID-19 pandemic, people have turned to reading physical books. to have a Fortune 500 company here in Riverhead is huge Without a doubt, they’ve done some expensive market analysis and found a home here in Riverhead We welcome Barnes & Noble to Riverhead.

                  For several years, the future of bookstores, and books in general, looked bleak. According to a report by Publisher’s Weekly, between 1991 and 2011, the country lost more than 1,000 bookstore stores. During this same period, the message indicates that Barnes & Noble had only two fewer locations.

                  According to a recent report from Publisher’s Weekly, Barnes & Nobles CEO James Daunt used the pandemic pause to renovate many sites; a look at the bookseller’s recent press releases shows that many stores across the country are reopening, and “a decent number” of new stores are planned for 2022, according to Publisher’s Weekly.

                  🦁 MrBeast valuation: $1.5 billion? – Restlessness


                  [email-submission-form button-text=”Join Free” include-trends-opt-in=”true” success-url=”https://thehustle.co/new-thank-you-v2/” default-source=”thehustleco” default-medium=”home-exit-popup” default-campaign=”home-page” form-id=”exit-popup-general” optinmonster-conversion=”true”]

                  '); } hp_try += 1; hp_ts = 0 ; $('input.hp_try').val(hp_try); } }); }); }

                  Sister Novelists, a biography by Jane and Maria Porter, book review



                  Although the morally uplifting melodramas of Jane and Maria Porter have little in common with the wry comedies of Jane Austen or the impassioned chronicles of the Brontë sisters, literary scholar Devoney Looser’s subtitle for her book “Sister Novelists” rightly claims the Porters as trailblazers who paved the way for other women writers. They published under their own name at a time when English “authors” had to hide behind ambiguous pseudonyms or remain anonymous. Both were best-selling authors, and Jane was also a ruthless businesswoman, negotiating with their publishers for better terms as their reputations – and sales – grew. Looser’s dual biography paints an admiring portrait of two single women from humble circumstances who seized fame and precarious economic security through talent and determination.

                  Subscribe to the book world newsletter

                  Jane must have been a tough negotiator; the porters were kindly poor. Their father, a military surgeon, died in 1779 when Jane was 3 years old and Maria less than a year old. Their mother supplemented a meager army pension by running a boarding house. Jane and Maria’s education consisted of a few years at a charity school, but both were avid readers and precocious writers. Maria’s first collection of stories, “Artless Tales”, was published when she was 14; he did well enough to lead the sisters to hope that their literary work might support their mother while their three brothers were in apprenticeship and at school. Jane, calmer and more cautious than her vivacious and talkative sister, made up for a slower start by “creating the historical novel as we know it” in her 1803 tale of a Polish war hero who becomes a refugee in England. “What Was New About ‘Thaddeus of Warsaw,’ explains Looser, “was its mixture of climactic historical events with the conventions of biographies, romantic tales, and probable domestic romances.” Contemporary critics dubbed it “a work of genius” and it was a sensational bestseller.

                  Maria, who had bounced among fictional genres, followed Jane in a historical romance with ‘The Hungarian Brothers’ in 1807, and ‘The Scottish Chiefs’, Jane’s epic 1810 tale of William Wallace’s fight for independence. of Britain, cemented the sisters’ reputation as the leading historical novelists of their time. Despite fame and sales, their income rarely covered their expenses. The Porter brothers ran up debts, which their sisters often covered, and offered little financial help when their fortunes improved. Jane and Maria saved and traded their fame by making long stays in the homes of the wealthy patrons they cultivated. Looser makes good use of the letters the sisters exchanged during these times to paint a neat picture of a class-stratified society in which the social inferiors enjoying the conveniences of an aristocratic household were meant to be at the disposal of their benefactors.

                  Looser also draws on their correspondence to offer painstakingly detailed exegeses of Jane and Maria’s torturous relationships with a parade of men who entangled them in emotionally charged friendships that promised to blossom in love and marriage but never did. A reader’s appreciation of these passages depends on his interest in exchanges such as that of Maria with a young painter, Thomas Kearsley, she think may be interested in her, as Looser summarizes from Maria’s letter to Jane:

                  “So you have affection for certain people?” asked Mary.

                  “For many,” he said. “And I can love and endure many others.”

                  “Can you support us? [Maria] Kearsley pointedly asked.

                  Kearsley looked down for a few moments at this charged and daring question. Suddenly he stepped forward and grabbed Maria’s hand.

                  “Yes,” he said, his eyes burning with ardour. “I can stand you!”

                  And so on, for three pages. On the one hand, this scene charmingly evokes the cult of “sensitivity” that spread across Europe at the height of Romanticism. On the other hand, there are a lot of scenes like this, and it can be infuriating to see Maria and Jane pining for the men who kept them in suspense, or dithering about how they really felt about the men they ultimately rejected. A little angsty soul-searching goes a long way, and Looser could have made more selective use of the sisters’ atmospheric correspondence.

                  She is more compelling on the question of why these popular and influential authors are virtually unknown today. The root cause of the decline of the sisters’ literary reputation and ultimately of sales, Looser writes, was the phenomenal success of Walter Scott’s “Waverley” in 1814 and the author’s failure to recognize that the methods he employed in his historical novels were very similar. to the Porters: “Critics would increasingly claim that Waverley’s novels had elevated the genre of fiction – and historical fiction in particular – by bringing to it a new superior (masculine) excellence, while correcting the supposed (feminine) flaws ) earlier.”

                  10 books to read in October

                  Jane in particular disliked this and in 1827 wrote a pointed short story, “Nobody’s Address”, which implicitly accused Scott of reducing his literary forerunners to dummies. By the time of her death in 1850, having outlived Maria by 18 years, Jane was reduced to living with a brother and receiving charitable grants from the government. His accomplishments deserved better recognition, and while Looser’s very detailed biography might be a bit less detailed, it pays a deserved tribute to pioneering brothers and sisters unjustly neglected by literary history.

                  Wendy Smith is the author of “Real Life Drama: The Group Theater and America, 1931-1940”.

                  The Trailblazing Porter Sisters, who paved the way for Austen and the Brontës

                  A note to our readers

                  We participate in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to allow us to earn fees by linking to Amazon.com and affiliate sites.

                  The First Bancorp, Inc. (NASDAQ:FNLC) Director Kimberly Swan Acquires 1,000 Shares


                  The first Bancorp, Inc. (NASDAQ: FNLCGet a rating) Director Kimberley Swan purchased 1,000 shares of First Bancorp in a trade dated Monday, October 24. The shares were purchased at an average cost of $29.46 per share, for a total transaction of $29,460.00. Following completion of the transaction, the director now owns 6,334 shares of the company, valued at approximately $186,599.64. The purchase was disclosed in an SEC filing, available at this hyperlink.

                  First Bancorp shares up 0.8%

                  Shares of FNLC traded at $0.24 during Monday’s trading, reaching $29.49. The company’s shares had a trading volume of 10,285 shares, compared to an average volume of 15,933. The company has a market capitalization of $325.39 million, a price-earnings ratio of 8.08 and a beta of 0.50. The company has a fifty-day moving average of $28.92 and a two-hundred-day moving average of $29.32. The First Bancorp, Inc. has a 12-month low of $27.42 and a 12-month high of $36.80.

                  Bancorp’s first dividend announcement

                  The company also recently disclosed a quarterly dividend, which was paid on Friday, October 21. Shareholders of record on Wednesday, October 5 received a dividend of $0.34 per share. This represents an annualized dividend of $1.36 and a yield of 4.61%. The ex-dividend date was Tuesday, October 4. First Bancorp’s dividend payout ratio is currently 38.10%.

                  Wall Street analysts predict growth

                  Separately, StockNews.com assumed coverage on First Bancorp in a Wednesday, Oct. 12 research note. They set a “buy” rating for the company.

                  Institutional investors weigh in on First Bancorp

                  Hedge funds and other institutional investors have recently changed their stock holdings. BNP Paribas Arbitrage SA increased its stake in First Bancorp by 49.6% in the second quarter. BNP Paribas Arbitrage SA now owns 2,595 shares in the bank valued at $78,000 after buying an additional 860 shares in the last quarter. Foundry Partners LLC increased its equity stake in First Bancorp by 1.4% in Q3. Foundry Partners LLC now owns 68,455 shares of the bank valued at $1,886,000 after acquiring 955 additional shares in the last quarter. Captrust Financial Advisors increased its stake in First Bancorp by 467.6% during the second quarter. Captrust Financial Advisors now owns 1,175 shares of the bank worth $35,000 after buying 968 additional shares in the last quarter. Northwestern Mutual Wealth Management Co. increased its holdings in First Bancorp by 136.6% in the first quarter. Northwestern Mutual Wealth Management Co. now owns 1,732 shares of the bank worth $52,000 after purchasing an additional 1,000 shares during the period. Finally, Amalgamated Bank purchased a new stake in First Bancorp during the first quarter for $38,000. Institutional investors hold 38.89% of the company’s shares.

                  First Bancorp Company Profile

                  (Get a rating)

                  The First Bancorp, Inc operates as a holding company for First National Bank which provides a range of personal and business banking products and services. It offers various deposit products including demand, NOW, savings, money market and certificates of deposit accounts. The Company also offers commercial real estate lending products, such as mortgage loans to finance investments in real estate including multi-family residential, commercial/retail, office, industrial, hotel, educational and other special purpose properties or mixed; commercial construction loans to finance the construction of owner-occupied and non-owner occupied commercial real estate; and other commercial loans, which include revolving and term loan obligations to companies and businesses for the purpose of financing working capital or capital investment.

                  Read more

                  This instant news alert was powered by MarketBeat’s narrative science technology and financial data to provide readers with the fastest and most accurate reports. This story was reviewed by MarketBeat’s editorial team prior to publication. Please send questions or comments about this story to [email protected]

                  Before you consider First Bancorp, you’ll want to hear this.

                  MarketBeat tracks daily the highest rated and most successful research analysts on Wall Street and the stocks they recommend to their clients. MarketBeat has identified the five actions that top analysts are quietly whispering to their clients to buy now before the market spreads…and First Bancorp was not on the list.

                  Although First Bancorp currently has an “N/A” rating among analysts, top-rated analysts believe these five stocks are better buys.

                  See the five actions here

                  Downtown Wilmington’s old books fight against the city wall


                  In the lightly traveled alley behind downtown Wilmington’s beloved second-hand bookseller Old Books on Front Street, a wall has caused trouble.

                  The slate-gray retaining wall, which is cracking and splattering with paint, is at the center of an ownership dispute between the city of Wilmington and the owner of Old Books on Front Street, Gwenyfar Rholer.

                  City officials told Rholer she needed to repair the wall because it compromises the foundation of her bookstore, which could make the building unsuitable for occupancy. But Rholer says the wall is outside her property line and therefore she shouldn’t have to pay the bill for its upkeep and upkeep.

                  After:‘It was sad to see’: Mature oak trees felled in downtown Wilmington. Why?

                  After:Popular downtown Wilmington restaurant gets partner cafe at The Cotton Exchange

                  The whole incident gave Rholer a bit of deja vu.

                  More than a decade ago, the building that housed the bookstore’s former location at 22 N. Front Street was condemned just six days after the start of the first phase of the Front Street landscape improvement project in the city. Although the city’s construction didn’t play a role in the sentencing, Rholer said she found the moment ironic. The city completed the second phase of its streetscape project in the block in front of its new store location at 249 N. Front Street just a few weeks ago.

                  Old Books on Front Street in downtown is battling the city for an old slate gray retaining wall behind the building.  The question is who owns the wall and who is responsible for paying for repairs or demolition.

                  This latest incident began in early 2022 when Rholer noticed the retaining wall behind his store and contacted the city of Wilmington to ask who it belonged to. He was told that the city would send a survey team to examine the wall. After that, she heard little about the city.

                  “We went from brush to absolute crickets,” she said. “No replies to emails, no replies to voicemails. Forget trying to get a real human on the phone.

                  Then, in late June, Rholer received a letter from city code enforcement. The letter, which Rholer provided to StarNews, cited five code violations. An inspection of the wall, for example, revealed that it was “unable to bear loads” and was “not structurally sound”.

                  “Inspection revealed a deteriorated, unsafe and unsanitary foundation wall at the rear of the property,” according to the text of a violation.

                  The letter asks Rholer to come up with a plan to bring the wall up to code. If no action is taken, the letter says, the matter will be brought forward for a hearing. The day after receiving the letter, Rholer contacted code enforcement. They were unaware that she had previously spoken to the city’s engineering department about the wall, but said that could count as her initial response to the complaint.

                  Soon after, Rholer decided she needed an independent survey of the property to determine how close the wall was to her property line. The results clearly showed that the wall was not on his land.

                  Old books on Front Street at 249 N Front Street in Wilmington, North Carolina, Monday, October 17, 2022. KEN BLEVINS/STARNEWS

                  “We get the survey back and the wall is very clearly across the property line,” she said.

                  Rholer sent the results to the city’s engineering department, code enforcement, and the city manager’s office. Then last month, Rholer received a letter from David Cowell, director of engineering for the city of Wilmington, stating that the wall in question had been built privately and encroached on city property. He recommends filing a major encroachment petition with the Wilmington City Council.

                  The City of Wilmington declined to make officials from its engineering or code enforcement departments available to interview for this story, but media officer Jennifer Dandron provided a written statement.

                  In it, Dandron noted that “investigations do not determine who owns a property.” The city had inspected the property in 2014, reaching the same conclusions as the investigation commissioned by Rholer.

                  “The wall is in the right-of-way, but it is not city property,” the statement said.

                  Dandron said the wall “has no discernible public purpose” but its potential failure presents a public safety concern, making repairs necessary.

                  Old books on Front Street at 249 N Front Street in Wilmington, North Carolina, Monday, October 17, 2022. KEN BLEVINS/STARNEWS

                  “The wall, however, serves a key purpose for private property, essentially if the wall were removed the owner would be significantly impacted. Given this information, the city considers that the property belongs to the private party; therefore, the private owner — not the city — would be required to cover the costs of repairs,” she wrote.

                  If Rholer owns the wall, that means she would be in charge of its maintenance and upkeep, which could cost her thousands of dollars, especially in its current state. “This wall has fond memories of being a wall,” she joked.

                  Rholer hired local attorney James Seay of the Seay Law Firm to represent her in the dispute over who owned the wall. Seay recently sent city leaders what Rholer called a “very clearly worded letter,” pleading their case.

                  “We don’t own this wall,” Rholer said. “We are not financially responsible for this wall, and we do not accept responsibility for this wall.”

                  Journalist Emma Dill can be reached at [email protected]

                  So you want my job as an artist: Bookseller


                  It’s a nice cruising job, isn’t it? Holding the desk with stacks of books neatly arranged behind, beside and, well, everywhere around you and only occasionally being distracted from leafing through the latest bestseller to chat with a client. The truth is not quite like that, says Tim Jarvis, who is both bookseller and manager of Fullers Bookshop in Hobart, Tasmania. Jarvis has been with Fullers since 2013 and has been its manager since 2019. In 2021, he took over ownership of the business, making him the store’s fifth owner since it opened in 1920. ArtsHub asked him what the work of fighting the books actually entailed.

                  So how would you describe what you do?

                  I do a bit of everything. What I enjoy most is talking to people about books and recommending things I think they’ll like, but I also organize a lot of our events program, which is a delight. The most boring part of the job is paying the bills. Otherwise I just try to be the grease that keeps the wheels turning and the staff happy.

                  How did you start becoming a bookseller and manager of Fullers Bookstore?

                  In fact, I started as a volunteer almost ten years ago when I offered to come once a week to lead a philosophical reading group. This turned into regular work as a bookseller, and eventually turned into running the shop!

                  What does your average day/week look like?

                  The day usually starts with a coffee (we have our own coffee) and I try to catch up on all the emails that have come in overnight. There are usually issues that need to be fixed (misbehaving computers, etc.), then I work in the store itself in the middle of the day, then go back to my emails in the afternoon. I also like to meet people, so there is often a meeting with an author or an editor or someone who gets involved too.

                  What is the most common misconception about being a bookseller/bookstore manager?

                  The most disconcerting that comes up frequently is the misconception that bookstores should be quiet, slow-moving places to work. The reality is that we are really very busy and we are often out of breath!

                  If you were interviewing someone to become a bookseller, what skills and qualities would you be looking for?

                  The most important thing for us is that if someone comes to pick up a book, they must be happy that they did. Going from there, this means that we are looking for staff who have a good knowledge of the books, but even more important than that are friendly, comfortable and helpful manner.

                  What’s the best thing happening in the bookstore right now?

                  There are a few things I could mention, but to be truly parochial I would say it’s the rise and rise of homegrown talent: so many of our bestselling books are Australian, and a large (and growing) part of between them are Tasmanian. The days when we were culturally just a colony are over!

                  Down but Not Out: These retailers are crying out for a pickup


                  To assume that we have bottomed out in the market would be rash. It’s one of the craziest environments the financial markets have seen in decades, and the truth is, no one knows if there’s more room for stocks to fall. Nevertheless, with the S&P 500 (SPX) down about 22% from its highs and the third-quarter earnings season is off to a rather good start, it may be wise for investors to start wondering which stocks have actually bottomed.

                  In my opinion, one industry, in particular, may include stocks that have become too cheap to pass at current price levels – like TGT and LOW. In particular, the stock prices of giant retailers have already suffered quite dramatically, while some of their earlier headwinds have apparently started to ease.

                  Why Retailers Could Be an Attractive “Bounce” Game

                  Assuming that general market sentiment is heading for a reversal, retailers could be bearers of a significant upside as their stock prices have remained depressed despite the recent improvement in the outlook for the industry.

                  One of the toughest challenges the industry has faced in recent times has been soaring shipping costs amid the supply chain crisis that has persisted following the COVID-19 pandemic. Last month, we discussed the impact of supply chain bottlenecks on e-commerce inventory, but conventional retailers have also been impacted by soaring transportation costs.

                  Container ship freight rates may still be more than double their 2017-20 levels, but they have corrected nearly 70% from last year’s highs. This should reduce transportation costs for retailers and enable inventory management optimization, which should lead to margin expansion and, therefore, higher profits.

                  Source: Freightos

                  Additionally, most major US-based retailers do not have significant international exposure. This is important to note, as the continued strength of the dollar should not cause significant headwinds on exchange rates.

                  Finally, inflation levels could remain quite high. However, most retailers operate in the defensive consumer sector, which is the only sector that should withstand strong inflationary environments quite firmly.

                  Consumers will frequently stop at retail stores to purchase their basic necessities – products whose demand is highly inelastic and generally uncorrelated to the underlying state of the economy.

                  Even home improvement retailers (part of consumer discretionary) are expected to perform well as consumers may prioritize improving their home during a market downturn over buying a property. , especially with rising rates.

                  In my view, as retailers adjust to these factors and the new reality, including the possibility that above-average levels of inflation will be the new normal for some time, their earnings growth should resume quickly. Wall Street analysts seem to agree with this argument.

                  Take Target Corporation (NYSE: TGT), for example. While the company is expected to post earnings per share of nearly $8.00 for fiscal 2022, implying a roughly 40% year-over-year decline, earnings are then expected to rebound nearly $8.00. 48% in fiscal year 2023.

                  Source: Koyfin

                  This seems to be a constant trend in the industry. Consider Walmart (NYSE: WMT) too. The company’s earnings per share for this year are expected to fall 9.4% to $5.85, but rebound nearly 13% to $6.60 next year.

                  Source: Koyfin

                  Which retailers should you turn to?

                  As I mentioned, we simply cannot know if stocks, including retail stocks, can go down further. Any exogenous shock can easily sway the markets forcefully in both directions these days.

                  Therefore, I would opt for quality names that are trading at a discount while offering strong dividend prospects. This is to have as wide a safety margin as possible against further declines in the share price.

                  Thus, while Kohl’s Corporation (NYSE: KSS) and Macy’s (NYSE:M) are trading at single-digit forward P/Es, I wouldn’t touch them as their qualities are questionable and their balance sheets mediocre.

                  Simultaneously, while Costco Wholesale Corporation (NASDAQ: COST) is arguably one of the most qualitative names among its peers, paying 32 times forward earnings in a rising rate environment is crazy in my book.

                  Source: Koyfin

                  Then you have Target and Lowe’s Companies (NYSE: LOW), which trade at reasonable multiples while offering quality dividends. For context, both companies have increased their dividends for 60 and 54 years, respectively. This is great validation in terms of being able to generate strong cash flow and continue to provide investors with growing payouts even in the toughest economic environments.

                  Of course, Walmart also has 50 years of successive dividend increases, and I consider it a quality company as well. However, by paying 23 times forward earnings, there is a big crack for an investor’s total return prospects to be compromised if the markets decide to move further south.

                  Conclusion: Go for Cheap and Quality Retailers

                  All around, I think if we are indeed approaching a market bottom, giant retailers are likely to prove successful investments following the sharp decline in their stock prices.

                  Supply chain bottlenecks are easing, which should allow for potential margin expansion, while their strong pricing power should be a great advantage in the current high inflation environment.

                  Still, make sure you’re getting solid value for what you’re paying for and that there’s a strong dividend attached to your stock of choice. This way, even if the market crashes in the short term, you’re still invested in a quality business that you feel comfortable owning for the long term. Benefiting from increasing payments in the meantime is also a great advantage.


                  The views and opinions expressed herein are the views and opinions of the author and do not necessarily reflect those of Nasdaq, Inc.

                  The stories a passport tells

                  October 21, 2022

                  The coveted scholarship and endowment helped Devoney Looser put together the Porter Sisters’ literary postscript

                  Devoney Looser, Arizona State University English professor, literary critic and Jane Austen aficionado, takes fellow Austenites and bibliophiles into the world of another Jane — and her sister — in a revealing new biography, 20 years of preparation.

                  “Sister Novelists” is the story of two sisters – Jane and Maria Porter – once very popular writers of the Regency era in England – until they were no longer so and disappeared from literary history .

                  Looser’s biography explores the lives, loves, and letters of the Porter sisters in a tale that Looser says is as gothic and gossip-worthy as the sisters themselves.

                  Ahead of the biography’s October 25 release, Looser sat down with ASU News to share her journey in rediscovering the novelist sisters.

                  Question: Congratulations on the completion of your Porter sisters book, “Sister Novelists.” Your work on this book was made possible in part by the award of several prestigious scholarships and grants, but your interest in the Porter sisters was sparked long before your research support. What was it about these nearly forgotten literary sisters that motivated you to give their story – and their stories – a proper narrative?

                  Answer: In 2004, I vaguely knew Jane Porter as a once-famous, wrongly-forgotten voice and pioneer of historical fiction. I decided to add a chapter on her in my next book, “Woman Writers and Old Age in Britain, 1750-1850”. It could have gone all the way! But as I was doing research for this chapter in the archives, I started to dig into other letters from Jane to her younger sister, Anna Maria, who was called Maria (pronounced “Mariah”), and then into the letters from Maria to Jane. I was absolutely fascinated.

                  The letters from these sisters were so full of secret stories and gossip that I couldn’t put them down in writing. Sometimes I came across pages that said, “Burn this letter!” I felt like a fly on the wall in Regency England, as Jane and Maria described their adventures and related conversations they had or overheard, using dialogue. Their letters were a training ground for their writing of fiction, of course, but they were also incredibly fascinating! I knew the Porters were the most famous literary sisters before the Brontes and had written 26 novels, separately and together. What I didn’t know was that they had left behind over 7,000 unpublished letters. I felt called to try to shape them. Sounds a little crazy, I know! But that’s how I thought about it at the time – I felt called.

                  Devoney Looser

                  Q: Tell us a bit about your experience and the process of piecing together the Porter sisters’ story through letters. Where were these letters all along, and how did you get access to them?

                  A: The story of the survival of the Porters’ letters is almost its own gothic novel, which I recount briefly at the end of “Sister Novelists.” Jane, who lived longer, could not bring herself to destroy Maria’s letters. She hoped that after her death, their papers would be entrusted to a biographer friend. But after his death in 1850 no friend intervened, and a few years later Porter’s correspondence was auctioned off for a pittance in a confused mess. Eventually, a notorious hoarder of Victorian manuscripts bought them and took them away. Then his heirs spent a century trying to unload his mad collection. Porter’s papers again found themselves at auction, sold in parts from the 1950s and 1970s. By then, few had even heard of the Porters, and no objections were raised to the export of their papers in the United States.

                  Thousands of their letters and manuscripts ended up in the Huntington Library in California, the Pforzheimer Collection at the New York Public Library, and the Spencer Library at the University of Kansas, each of which granted me short-term scholarships. term to read their Porter articles. I found hundreds of other articles at Yale, Princeton, Harvard, Indiana, McGill, the British Library, Durham University and so on. If I had known it would take me 20 years of research, believe me, I would never have started this book. The two long-term fellowships awarded to me (Guggenheim and NEH) gave me the time needed to complete the work. This book could not have been written without the generosity and help of these agencies and libraries, and especially the librarians, archivists and collectors, to whom I dedicate this book.

                  RELATED: ASU English professor to probe lives of literary sisters with Guggenheim Fellowship

                  Q: Where does your book start in the career of the Porter sisters? What happens in the world around them when you spot their story?

                  A: I begin the story of the Porter sisters with their middle-class parents, who met in Durham in the mid-1700s. Their Irish father, an army surgeon, died suddenly in 1778, leaving his English widow with five children under 8 years old. The first chapters of the book describe how Mrs Porter, an uneducated single mother, fell into poverty and moved to Edinburgh. to try to do it as an owner. She miraculously found a charity school that welcomed not only her youngest son but also her two smart daughters. It was the only formal education Jane and Maria would receive, but they began to read and write together voraciously and became each other’s best friends, teachers, critics, editors, and supporters.

                  Anyone familiar with American or European history will recognize that it was a tumultuous time. The Porter sisters came of age during the American Revolution, the French Revolution, the Industrial Revolution, and what some have called “the longest revolution,” the struggle for women’s rights, as well as the early ripples of the movement to abolish the slavery and slavery. Trade.

                  The Porter sisters were immersed in these conflicts and changes. They were not immune to the unfair, dangerous and ugly aspects of life. Although they didn’t always make the choices we might have wished they would make now, they tried in their writing to espouse freedom and give voice to inequalities of gender, race and history. , at a time when a single woman chooses to sell her words, instead of being quietly married, was in itself a bold thing.

                  Book cover of the novelist sisters

                  Q: What did you learn about the Porter sisters through your research and what do you think readers will find fascinating about their story after reading your book?

                  A: I think readers will find the sisters’ stories of how their literary lives collided with their romantic lives both dramatic and moving. Jane and Maria died single – their love for each other would prove to be the most important relationship of their lives – but they also fell in love with flawed and handsome men. And when they fell in love, they told each other everything, at a time when a polite woman wasn’t supposed to show she had feelings for a man until he professed his for her.

                  Much of what we were told was the rules governing the behavior of educated women in those days – things we picked up from Jane Austen novels or Regency romances – that’s just not the way which the Porter sisters actually lived, day to day. That shouldn’t be a surprise, right? The ideals of model behavior and the messy choices of real life have always come into conflict.

                  Q: What else would you like us to know about your research, your book, and the Porter sisters?

                  A : When Jane Porter died, an obituary declared her one of the greatest novelists England had produced. He is credited with inventing a new species of writing, the historical novel, or what we would today call the modern historical novel. It’s breathtaking, isn’t it? Why haven’t we heard of her? One of the reasons, discussed in the biography, is that although she was, for a time, largely credited with this invention, it was ultimately entrusted to someone else: Sir Walter Scott, although he published “Waverley” (1814) a dozen years after his “Thaddée of Warsaw” (1803).

                  The Porter sisters were very angry about this, calling it theft and vampirism. They thought Scott was ungenerous at best in not acknowledging that Jane and Maria’s books inspired his own. They were especially angry because they had all been childhood friends. Jane then vowed to take her case to the public. She eventually did, but you’ll have to read “Sister Novelists” to find out how it turned out.

                  I think it’s hard for us to grasp how famous Jane Porter was, given how forgotten she is now. I would like to mention one last fascinating figure, taken from an article which appeared in an American newspaper in 1844. It reported that a publisher in New Hampshire ran five presses throughout the year, just for the works of Miss Porter, and had printed over a million volumes. . Jane Porter, aged and living in England, received none of the benefits. In fact, she was then homeless and trying to live on less than a clerk or teacher could earn, but she was still one of the most famous and best-selling authors in the world. We can never give Jane the comfortable old age she should have had, but we can give her and Maria their due in a way. We can learn more about their remarkable lives and writings and send them and other unjustly overlooked voices back to literary history.

                  Top photo: St. Paul’s Church, Portland Square, Bristol, England, final resting place of Jane and Maria Porter. The image is included in the book “Sister Novelists” by Devoney Looser.

                  Suzanne Wilson

                  Senior Media Relations Officer, Media Relations and Strategic Communications

                  480-965-9681[email protected]

                  The pressure that pushes the US Treasury to think about buying back bonds



                  When traders in the $24 trillion US Treasury market struggle to trade, it’s a much broader concern. Liquidity metrics are flashing at crisis levels, making the debt market, which is a key pillar of global financial markets, potentially so fragile that another shock could impair its functioning. That is why, for the first time in more than two decades, the Treasury is considering buying back its bonds in order to stabilize the situation and buy time for policymakers to find more permanent solutions.

                  1. What is happening in the Treasury market?

                  Treasury liquidity measures in September hit the worst levels since the market chaos at the start of the pandemic. The Bloomberg US Government Securities Liquidity Index – an indicator of yield deviations from a fair value model – remains near the highest levels since March 2020, when a flight to cash prompted the Fed to start buying stocks to stabilize the market. Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen expressed concern in mid-October, noting that brokers’ balance sheet capacity to engage in Treasury market-making had not increased alongside an increase in supply. aggregate of treasury bills. Outstanding Treasury debt has increased by about $7 trillion since the end of 2019, but major financial institutions have not been as willing to serve as market makers.

                  2. What is causing the problem?

                  A year of steep losses for bonds caused by rising inflation and interest rate hikes by the Fed led many large traditional participants, such as U.S. commercial banks, foreign governments and life insurers, to turn away from the debt market. Large financial institutions have not been as willing to serve as market makers, burdened by the so-called Supplemental Leverage Ratio, or SLR, which requires banks to set aside capital against such activity. In addition, the Federal Reserve has begun to reduce some of its holdings of Treasuries, a process known as quantitative tightening that many fear will worsen liquidity problems.

                  3. What is the Fed doing?

                  It is currently unloading its Treasuries from its balance sheet at a rate of $60 billion per month. As the biggest buyer of government debt, its decision to step back means dealers are going to have to absorb the additional supply that is returning to the market. This is a task that will become increasingly difficult as the Fed’s balance sheet reduction drags on.

                  4. What does the Treasury intend to do?

                  It decides whether it will buy back older securities and replace them with larger current issues of treasury bills or notes and bonds, depending on the government’s objective.

                  5. Has he done this before?

                  The Treasury last conducted buyback operations between March 2000 and April 2002 to allow the department to continue to sell new bonds to maintain market access at a time when the federal government was running a budget surplus and not didn’t need the money. Funds raised by selling new bonds were used to buy back old ones.

                  6. How would Treasury buybacks work?

                  That’s what he’s trying to figure out right now. In its quarterly survey released as part of the funding to be announced Nov. 2, it asked the 25 primary dealers that serve as its intermediary to the broader debt market for a detailed assessment of the merits and limitations of a buyback program. At this point, the crucial question for Wall Street strategists is whether the trades would be duration-neutral. This means that all government securities bought back by the Treasury would be replaced by debt of the same maturity in order to keep the weighted average maturity of outstanding debt – currently a record 74 months – practically unchanged.

                  7. How would this improve Treasury market liquidity?

                  Repurchase operations would provide an alternative buyer for less liquid and less desired out-of-run issues. The Treasury could retire old and cheap securities and offer dealers an outlet to improve their balance sheet management. Additionally, the signaling impact of a trade could help market functioning if conditions were to improve on announcements alone. For example, 20-year bonds, the segment of the market that appears to have the most to gain from a buyback program, rebounded after the survey’s release.

                  8. When could this happen?

                  It’s too early to tell. Bank of America strategists predict that the Treasury could launch its program in May 2023, although they acknowledged that the timetable could be accelerated in the event of “intense problems in the functioning of the Treasury market”. After all, the systems are already in place to conduct such operations. However, Credit Suisse strategist Jonathan Cohn sees the first quarter of 2023 as the earliest launch date, based on deteriorating liquidity and dealer balance sheet constraints.

                  9. Is there anything else that can be done to improve the functioning of the market?

                  For starters, the Fed could adjust the terms of its permanent repo facility — where banks can park their Treasuries overnight in exchange for cash — to make Treasuries more attractive to hold. The Securities and Exchange Commission is proposing to move more Treasury bill trading activity to existing clearinghouses — which sit between buyers and sellers and ultimately support transactions — in a bid to protect themselves against market crashes. Market participants are also hoping for other changes, such as the Fed exempting Treasuries from the additional leverage ratio, which would give banks more incentive to hold government debt, especially in low-volume environments. The Fed had waived Treasury and SLR bank reserves in March 2020 before letting the exemption expire the following year.

                  More stories like this are available at bloomberg.com

                  Author Readings Around Boston October 23-29


                  Peter Fisher (“What is dark matter?”) reads at 6 p.m. Harvard Bookstore . . . Chelsea Manning (“Readme.Txt: A memoir”) is in conversation with Robin Young in person at 6:30 p.m. WBUR CitySpace (Tickets are $15 for admission, $5 for students). . . Gale Galligan (“Freestyle: A Graphic Novel”) bed in person at 6:30 p.m. An unlikely story . . . Margaret Sullivan (“Confidential: Lessons (and worries) from an ink-stained life”) is in conversation with Joan Donovan in person at 7 p.m. Harvard Bookstore.


                  Siddhartha Mukherjee (“The Song of the Cell: An Exploration of Medicine and the New Human”) is in conversation with Gabrielle Emmanuel in person at 6 p.m. at the Coolidge Corner Theater at an event hosted by Brookline Bookstore (Tickets are $35 for admission and a copy of the book). . . Kwan Kew Lai (“The girl who learned to fly”) reads in person at 7 p.m. Belmont Public Library . . . George Saunders (“Liberation Day: Stories”) is in conversation with Jenny Slate in person at 7 p.m. at the Old South Church at an event hosted by Harvard Bookstore (Tickets are $29.75 for admission and a copy of the book). . . Helen Benedict and Eyad Awadawnan (“Map of Hope and Sorrow: Stories of Refugees Trapped in Greece”) read at 7 p.m. on Harvard Bookstore . . . Hannah Reynolds (“Eight nights of flirting”) bed in person at 7 p.m. at Porter Square Books: Cambridge Edition . . . Christina Inge (“Marketing Metrics: Leveraging Analytics and Data to Optimize Marketing Strategies”) bed in person at 7 p.m. at The Silver Unicorn Bookstore . . . Don Jose Ruiz (“The Fifth Accord: A Practical Guide to Self-Mastery”) reads in person at 7 p.m. at First Church UCC at an event hosted by Titcomb Bookstore (Tickets are $60 for admission). . . Stephanie LaCava (“I’m afraid my pain interests you”) bed in person at 7 p.m. at Trident booksellers . . . Shauna Robinson (“Maggie Banks’ Forbidden Bookstore”), Eva Jurczyk (“Department of Rare Books and Special Collections”), Sulari Gentill (“The woman in the library“), and CJ Carey (“Widowland”) read in person at 7 p.m. at An unlikely story (Tickets are $5 for admission).


                  Maggie Stiefvater (“Greyware”) reads in person at 6 p.m. at the Coolidge Corner Theater at an event hosted by Brookline Bookstore (Tickets are $22 for admission and a copy of the book). . . Sara Farizan (“dead flip”) is in conversation with Caleb Seaver at 6 p.m. Titcomb Bookstore . . . Denise Gigante (“Book Madness: A History of Book Collectors in America”) reads at 7 p.m. Boston Athenaeum (Tickets are $5 for admission, free for members). . . Suzanne Frischkorn (“Fixed Star”), rich susan (“Postcard and Card Gallery: New and Selected Poems”), Soren Stockman (“Elephant“), and Jon Woodward (“strange valley”) read in person at 7 p.m. at Grolier Poetry Bookstore . . . Steven W. Thrasher (“The viral subclass: the human toll when inequality and disease collide”) is in conversation with Victor Ray in person at 7 p.m. Harvard Bookstore . . . Genna Rose Nethercott (“Thistle-foot”) bed in person at 7 p.m. at Porter Square Books: Cambridge Edition . . . Mike Duncan (“Heroes of two worlds: the Marquis de Lafayette at the time of the revolution”) bed in person at 8 p.m. The Wilbur Theater (Tickets are $35 for admission).


                  Nina West (“The kind of you”) bed in person at 10 a.m. at All the books she’s written . . . Bartels EB (“Good Grief: On Loving Pets, Here and Beyond”) reads in person at 6 p.m. Boston Public Library’s Roslindale Branch . . . Stacy Schiff (“The Revolutionary: Samuel Adams”) is in conversation with Catherine Grace Katz in person at 6 p.m. at the Brattle Theater at an event hosted by Harvard Bookstore (Tickets are $6 for admission and $37.25 for admission and a copy of the book). . . Stephanie Scorow (“The Great Boston Fire: The Inferno That Nearly Incinerated the City”) bed in person at 6:30 p.m. Charlestown branch of the Boston Public Library . . . Claribel A. Ortega and Rose Bousamra (“Frizzy”) read in person at 6:30 p.m. at An unlikely story . . . Claudia Lux (“Sign here”) is in conversation with Jilly Gagnon in person at 7 p.m. Brookline Bookstore . . . David Blair (“Arsonville”), fried daisy (“The year the city emptied: after Baudelaire”), Irina Mashinsky (“Cardinal Points #7: Literary Annual“), and Denis Nurkse (“A Land of Strangers: New and Selected Poems”) read in person at 7 p.m. at Grolier Poetry Bookstore . . . Lawrence Millman (“The Last Bear Speaker: My Encounters in the North”) bed in person at 7 p.m. at Porter Square Books: Cambridge Edition . . . Casey Sherman (“Helltown: The Untold Story of a Cape Cod Serial Killer”) bed in person at 7 p.m. at Wellesley Books (Tickets are $5 for admission and $28.68 for admission and a copy of the book).


                  Bill Keller (“What is jail for? : Punishment and Rehabilitation in the Age of Mass Incarceration”) is in conversation with Jill Abrahamson at 6 p.m. Harvard Bookstore . . . Stacy Schiff (“The Revolutionary: Samuel Adams”) is in conversation with Sara Georgini in person at 6 p.m. Massachusetts Historical Society (Tickets are $10 for admission, free for members, EBT cardholders, and virtual attendees). . . Ross Gay (“Encourage Joy: Essays”) bed in person at 7 p.m. at Brookline Bookstore (Tickets are $27 for admission and a copy of the book). . . Greg Melville (“Above My Corpse: Uncovering the Hidden History of American Cemeteries”) is in conversation with Matthew Stephens in person at 7 p.m. Harvard Bookstore . . . Fitzpatrick cat (“The Call-Out: A Rhyming Novel”) is in conversation with Cecile Gentili in person at 7 p.m. Porter Square Books: Boston Edition.


                  The Boston Book Festival takes place in and around Copley Square all day Saturday — visit bostonbookfest.org for details… Susie Spikol (“The Animal Adventurer’s Guide: How to Prowl for an Owl, Make Snail Slime, and Catch a Frog With Your Bare Hands: 50 Activities to Go Wild with Animals”) bed in person at 11 a.m. at The Silver Unicorn Bookstore.

                  Searching for the Future of Kansas’ Council Grove in Three Trees, Three Places, and Three People


                  Downtown Council Grove practically floats on the sidewalk.

                  Levitating 19th-century buildings, neat gingerbread constructions of brick, mortar, and stone, bringing the past to life while pushing the community into the future. I visited the town, about an hour south of Manhattan, last month. Council Grove was not some old industrial town tucked away in a far corner or a booming suburb. Instead, the community of around 2,100 people promotes itself as a tourist destination and a thriving community in its own right.

                  Like most small towns, Council Grove tells many stories through its buildings and landmarks, its people and its ambitions. No story matches the place. So rather than imposing my will on the place, I’ll let it tell its own story — through three tree stumps, three places, and three people.

                  The remains of Council Oak rest under a pavilion in Council Grove, Kansas. (Clay Wirestone/Kansas Reflector)

                  Tree stump 1: Communal oak

                  Council Grove loves its tree stumps.

                  Most importantly, perhaps, gave the city its name. The Council Oak marks the spot where an important council between whites is said to have taken place on August 10, 1825.

                  “This council, attended by three U.S. commissioners and the chiefs of the Great and Little Osage Indians, resulted in a treaty which – in return for a payment of $800 – gave Americans and Hispanics free passage along the Santa Fe Trail through Osage territory,” says the National Park Service. “This meeting was also the namesake of Council Grove, a trailside community that was founded in the late 1840s, due to the mile-wide hardwood grove in the area.”

                  The once mighty elm tree was felled in 1958. It remains an overprotected strain.

                  Inside Flint Hills Books, you could see the hand of an experienced book lover at work. (Clay Wirestone/Kansas Reflector)

                  Location 1: Flint Hills Books

                  If a town has a bookstore, chances are I’ll find it.

                  Council Grove’s was easy to locate, tucked away in the restored National Bank building on Main Street. When I walked into Flint Hills Books, I noticed two things. First, it filled a compact single-story space. Second, it was carefully curated by owner Jennifer Kassebaum. She opened the store in 2021 as a newcomer to retail and bookstore.

                  As I scanned the shelves, I listened to the reassuring crackle of a working word store. The books were later requested and located. Others have been ordered. Discounts have been applied.

                  Mindful of my ongoing travels through rural Kansas, I picked up Marci Penner and WenDee Rowe’s “Kansas Guidebook 2 for Explorers”, an extensive list of destinations across the state, and the latest issue of the Kansas Journal Leadership Center.

                  Council Grove’s town center features an array of colorful 19th century buildings and charming shops. (Clay Wirestone/Kansas Reflector)

                  Person 1: Jennifer Kassebaum

                  Kassebaum was interested in opening a bookstore after her early retirement, but was told that a store in a small town like Council Grove would not work. After touring the Manhattan locations, she decided to “take a chance” on the community.

                  “I am happy to contribute to a community that I call home,” she wrote to me in an email a few days after my visit.

                  “The community response to the bookstore has been wonderful,” Kassabaum said. “For the bookstore to be successful, it really needs to be a destination bookstore that draws visitors to the Flint Hills and historic Council Grove, but it has been gratifying to receive support from so many local readers. I hadn’t anticipated the benefit of making wonderful new friends who are local readers and who come to the bookstore not only to shop, but also to visit and discuss books – and life!”

                  His post-pandemic plans now involve bringing in authors to talk about their work, as well as collaborating on a book club with nearby Riverbank Brewing.

                  The Post Office Oak was actually used as a focal point for Santa Fe Trail communication in the 1800s. (Clay Wirestone/Kansas Reflector)

                  Tree stump 2: Post oak

                  First I walked through the Post Office Oak, not realizing how many trees are commemorated in Council Grove. I had to consult the Council Grove Area Trade and Tourism 25 Historic Sites brochure to realize that this strain had a different history than Council Oak.

                  This site takes its name from the fact that the tree itself served as a de facto post office.

                  “From 1825 to 1847, travelers on the Santa Fe Trail left messages in a cache at the base of this tree,” according to the National Park Service. He adds, “Trail travelers have left notes to let others know of trail conditions, giving it its name.”

                  The Chêne des Postes survived until 1990. Its stump remains, shaded by a pentagonal awning.

                  The Neosho Riverwalk offers the option of long walks along the water, right next to downtown Council Grove. (Clay Wirestone/Kansas Reflector)

                  Location 2: Neosho River Walk

                  As we move forward, the timeline of my day in Council Grove recedes.

                  I first visited the Neosho Riverwalk, taking a walk along the banks of a calm river. This Friday morning, the only sounds I heard were gently running water, buzzing insects, and the occasional barking of the dog.

                  The path “connects Flint Hills Trail State Park with the Madonna of the Trail Statue, Grove Guardian Statue, Neosho River Crossing, and Kaw Mission State Historic Site,” according to the city. . “Enjoy the ride by visiting the Old Santa Fe Road junction. Stroll over the pedestrian bridge that spans the Neosho River and the walkway continues among thousands of native wildflowers, plants, and grasses.

                  The walk reminded me of the elusive goal that so many of us seek in our work and life: peace. Small town spaces offer the space to wander and think quietly.

                  Christy Davis answers questions for the podcast
                  Christy Davis participates in a podcast recorded September 29, 2022 at the Kansas Reflector office in Topeka. (Sherman Smith/Kansas Reflector)

                  Person 2: Christy Davis

                  At Flint Hills Books, I met Christy Davis. She is the owner of the restored bank building. She is also Kansas Rural Development Director for the US Department of Agriculture.

                  We spoke at length last week for the Kansas Reflector podcast about his work across the state. But I also wanted to hear about his contribution on the ground at Council Grove. What motivated her to take the extra step of restoring a historic building?

                  “We rehabilitated a building in Cottonwood Falls, and shortly after completing that project, the bank building in Council Grove was put up for sale,” she told me.

                  Although she was not looking for a new project, she had a vision: to combine commercial spaces with housing.

                  She added: ‘It can be overwhelming if it’s not something you’ve done and you know you can do and have lots of help. So we finished this project in the spring of 2019. And it really met the needs of the community that was there.

                  However, she cautioned against approaching rural development with a one-size-fits-all approach.

                  “You have to know exactly who you are and what’s important to you,” Davis said. “And in the case of downtown development, in my opinion, it is about identifying what is real and sticking to it. I mean, it’s a question of authenticity. And I think that’s the case when it comes to individual buildings, in terms of the architecture, but just the overall tone.

                  The remains of the Custer Elm sit on land that once belonged to the General. (Clay Wirestone/Kansas Reflector)

                  Tree Stump 3: Custer Elm

                  After visiting two tree stumps, I had to complete the stage with a visit to Custer Elm.

                  Yes, it is named after General George Armstrong Custer. The state tourist board says he camped there with the 7th Cavalry Regiment while guarding the Santa Fe Trail. He apparently took a liking to the place and “purchased 120 acres (there) with another officer Amos Kimball in 1869 as an investment”. Now bearing the general’s name, the tree survived until the early 1970s.

                  Custer was known for his role in the Native American Wars, which highlights a sometimes uncomfortable truth about Council Grove. Much of the city’s Santa Fe Trail-era history intersects with the vigorous efforts of the U.S. government to eradicate the native population.

                  Remember the Kaw Mission State Historic Site mentioned earlier? It was a school for Native American boys.

                  The Kaw Nation, which once lived throughout the region, was eventually forced to settle in Oklahoma. The tribe thrives today, but I couldn’t escape the uncomfortable feeling that the modern city is floating above an older, darker history.

                  The Hays House 1857 Restaurant bills itself as the oldest restaurant west of the Mississippi. (Clay Wirestone/Kansas Reflector)

                  Venue 3: Hays House 1857 Restaurant

                  I knew where I wanted to have lunch before I got to Council Grove. Hays House 1857, billed as the oldest restaurant west of the Mississippi, offers a menu full of hearty staples. The city and the restaurant also share a founder: Seth Hays.

                  He also started a newspaper, The Council Grove Democrat, in 1870. (The newspaper’s masthead has since changed sides.) The Morris County Historical Society has even turned his house into a museum.

                  This Friday afternoon in September, the restaurant already had about fifteen customers. The hometown crowd chatted with the waitresses while gulping. I ordered the Kanza Burger, a half pound of ground Kansas bison meat with bacon. Mashed potatoes with garlic accompanied.

                  That was delicious.

                  Customers order drinks at Watts Coffee Co. in downtown Council Grove, Kansas. (Clay Wirestone/Kansas Reflector)

                  Person 3: Zoey Bond

                  My day at Council Grove included much more. Popped by Watts Coffee Co. for a delicious latte. I researched more spots on the Sante Fe trail. I read historical marker plaques – so many historical marker plaques.

                  But what happened next for the city? Zoey Bond, executive director of the trade and tourism group, had the answers.

                  She is very excited about the eastward expansion of the Flint Hills Trail.

                  “It’s an exciting asset to our community and will be a big draw for visitors who enjoy hiking, biking, horseback riding, and more!” she told me via email. “In addition, we have four new businesses coming to Council Grove town center in the coming months. These businesses rehabilitate existing buildings and bring more to do, see and eat.

                  I told Bond that what impressed me most about the city was his upbeat attitude. Residents and business owners looked and sounded happy to be there.

                  Me too.

                  “Council Grove has a healthy and positive culture,” she said. “Our workforce and our citizens truly give their best every day while keeping an eye on the future. The enthusiasm for our little slice of rural life is exciting and contagious.

                  Downtown Council Grove includes the famous Farmers and Drovers Bank on the left. (Clay Wirestone/Kansas Reflector)

                  Nasdaq futures rise for a third day as better-than-expected Netflix results keep tech gains going


                  Nasdaq futures rose Tuesday night after major averages posted a second straight day of gains, and Netflix reported strong earnings after the bell.

                  Futures linked to the Nasdaq 100 added 1.19%. Dow Jones Industrial Average futures gained 165 points, or 0.54%, and S&P 500 futures rose 0.8%.

                  All three major stock averages ended the regular trading day higher as earnings reports spurred a choppy market. The Dow Jones closed up about 337 points, while the S&P 500 gained 1.1% and the tech-heavy Nasdaq Composite added 0.9%.

                  The extended trade moves came after Netflix reported better-than-expected earnings and revenue, as well as strong subscriber growth in the third quarter. Shares jumped as much as 14% in extended trading.

                  Some on Wall Street are revising their earnings projections down as investors worry about a recession. Gene Goldman, chief investment officer at Cetera Investment Management, said that while an economic downturn may be mild, the market may struggle with these downgrades.

                  “Earnings estimates are a little too high for the S&P 500 at 7% to 9% per year going forward,” he said. “Slowing economic growth and Fed rate hikes will likely put downward pressure on earnings. Since earnings drive stock prices, they could put pressure on markets for some time. “

                  Tech earnings will be in full swing next week, but IBM and Tesla are on deck to report on Wednesday. Social media company Snap will report later in the week.

                  In economic data, investors are eagerly awaiting housing starts on Wednesday. The Federal Reserve’s so-called Beige Book, the central bank’s report on the current state of economic conditions, will also be released.

                  Dow gains 400 points in volatile trading as strong earnings reports boost stocks for a second day


                  Shares rose again on Tuesday as investors looked to capitalize on Monday’s rally amid a busy week of corporate earnings.

                  The Dow Jones Industrial Average gained 406 points, or about 1.4%. The S&P 500 and the Nasdaq Composite gained 1.4% and 1.2% respectively.

                  Averages were higher in early trading, with the Dow Jones gaining more than 600 points, but moved above their highs as US Treasury yields rose. The Nasdaq briefly turned negative for the session before the market bounced off its lows.

                  Tuesday’s strong results helped prolong a rally that began on Monday. Goldman Sachs rose 3% after strong trading results helped the investment bank beat earnings and revenue expectations.

                  This report continued strong gains in bank earnings, including beats from Bank of America and Bank of New York Mellon on Monday. Lockheed Martin also rose more than 5% after its earnings per share beat estimates.

                  Elsewhere, Salesforce rose nearly 4% after activist Starboard Value LP disclosed a stake in the software giant, sending the Dow Jones higher. Shares of Colgate-Palmolive gained nearly 2% after Dan Loeb’s Third Point took a stake in the company, CNBC’s David Faber reported.

                  Wall Street is off to a strong start to the week, with the Nasdaq jumping 3.43% on Monday for its best day since July 27.

                  Fears of a recession and overly aggressive central banks have helped push U.S. markets to yearly lows in recent weeks, but the strong start to the earnings season could indicate the economy is currently in better shape. provided that.

                  “The 3rd and 4th quarter results should confirm that the fundamentals remain anchored in a resilient labor market and the reopening of Covid. Equity valuation is likely to remain tied to global central bank rhetoric and rates, which are becoming less and less negative. As such, we see equities bracing for the upside in the year-end on resilient 2H22 earnings, low equity positioning, very negative sentiment and a more reasonable valuation.” said Dubravko Lakos-Bujas, head of global macro research at JPMorgan, in a note to clients.

                  “Next year, however, we expect a more challenging earnings environment compared to current expectations,” he added.

                  After the bell, Netflix and United Airlines will release their latest results.

                  Bookstore provides hands-on education for West Hartford students


                  WEST HARTFORD — A year ago, Allie Nicholson-Gauvin was nervous about going to work at the Next Chapter bookstore.

                  Now the 20-year-old West Hartford resident practically runs the place.

                  The book store, which opened last Octoberis a program run by the City’s Post-Secondary Schools Program to give students ages 18-21 a place to learn professional and personal skills in a real retail environment.

                  For Nicholson-Gauvin, working at the South Main Street bookstore was his first job. She sorts the books, prepares for the opening of the store, takes care of the cash register and does whatever is necessary to keep the place running.

                  “I was super nervous last year,” Nicholson-Gauvin said. “I was like, how am I going to mess this up? I didn’t think I could do this.”

                  But with more experience under her belt, that changed and the store became a place she rather likes to go.

                  “I love it here,” Nicholson-Gauvin said. “It’s so good. I don’t have any previous work experience, but it makes me want to work. We’re like family.”

                  That family extends to customers, said Nicholson-Gauvin, who made her feel comfortable in the store — and she loves helping a customer any way she can.

                  “It’s always a good experience,” she said. “Everyone has been really nice. And especially when I can help people find a book or recommend an author, it’s wonderful. I don’t know how to explain it. It makes me feel good. It makes me proud .”

                  Nancy Pereau, the store manager, said the purpose of the store is to prepare these students for what comes next – their own next chapter.

                  “It was absolutely amazing,” Pereau said the morning of their one-year anniversary celebration. “I’ve had students who were afraid of the register who are now magicians of the register. I’ve had students who were afraid to talk to customers who have really come out of their shell. These are students who were normally very shy “We think it can help them out because the customers who come in are so lovely and it’s such a warm environment. I hope the students, when they leave here, will be comfortable working.”

                  As a business, Pereau said the boutique really took off. West Hartford welcomed and embraced the used bookstore and supported it with purchases and donations. But the real credit, she says, goes to the employees who shower the store with love and attention.

                  “They know it’s up to them,” Pereau said. “The store is theirs. It’s theirs. It’s their responsibility. It reflects them and their program, and they treat it as such. It belongs to me, so it reflects me, and that’s a si beautiful place because I did x, y and z to make it such a beautiful place.”

                  The warmth and love for the store is evident as soon as you enter the bookstore. If Joonbeom Hong is there, a customer is greeted with enthusiasm and enthusiasm – one of his favorite parts of working at the store.

                  The 19-year-old, who has previous work experience, has worked at the workshop for a year.

                  “This place is really great for me,” Hong said. “I really enjoy greeting customers and chatting with other people about policies, what the store is all about, and fun things everyone can participate in. We work as a team and it’s all good here.”

                  Melissa Caballero, director of student services at West Hartford, said the COVID-19 pandemic has made finding job placement programs more difficult for their students. So instead, they decided to create the bookstore, and she is happy with it. This is proven by the growth she has seen in students like Hong and Nicholson-Gauvin.

                  “One of the best attributes of this program is that it’s so authentic,” Caballero said. “It’s really challenging in a classroom setting, even though it’s a simulated experience, to provide the authenticity of this work and the natural things that happen in a construction environment. We really seen students blossom and grow in a different way by being able to offer them such an authentic experience.”

                  Every student in the program has a stake in the store’s success, Caballero said, whether that means they sort by donating sorted books to the school or they work directly with customers.

                  “We place students in leadership positions,” Caballero said. “When Allie came in today, she was the one who put up the board. The students now own the jobs. We coach them to be in those jobs so they understand what needs to happen. They do really great work.”

                  Electronics Mart stock price today

                  Shares of Electronics Mart India made a stellar debut on the stock exchanges on Monday but posted profits amid wild swings on Dalal Street.

                  Shares of the company were listed at a premium of 53% on the National Stock Exchange (NSE) at Rs 90, compared to the issue price of Rs 59. On BSE, the certificate debuted at Rs 89 .40 on BSE, a premium close to 52 percent.

                  After the listing, the counter failed to register further higher as investors, who received the shares in the IPO, recorded profits after a strong listing.

                  Shares of Electronics Mart India jumped to Rs 91 before falling to Rs 83.25 on BSE, its intraday lows till 11:45 am. Market analysts remain split on any immediate move in the listing price. They unanimously suggest avoiding making a new entry on the meter.

                  Pravesh Gour, Principal Technical Analyst,

                  advised investors to lock in listing gains and said only aggressive investors should consider making a long-term commitment to the company.

                  Those who requested listing gains can maintain a stop loss of Rs 77, he said, adding that the company operates in a highly competitive market with limited market share.

                  Electronics Mart India raised Rs 755 crore via its initial stake sale, which remained open for subscription between October 4-7. The company sold its shares in the range of Rs 56-59 each.

                  The issue was globally subscribed 71.93x, with the quota for QIB investors reaching a huge subscription of 169.54x. The portions for HNI and retailers were subscribed 63.59 times and 19.72 times respectively.

                  Astha Jain, senior research analyst at Hem Securities, suggested investors reserve 25-50% of profits in the company and hold the remaining stake for the longer term.

                  “The company delivered returns on expected lines, but it needs to take money off the table,” she said. “At current levels, new entries should be avoided.”

                  Echoing a similar view, Arafat Saiyed, research analyst,

                  Securities said investors can reserve half of the profits and keep the remaining part for further upside.

                  “After a meteoric debut on the exchanges, new entry is not advised. You have to wait for a decent correction to enter the meter,” he suggested.

                  Established in 1980, Electronics Mart India is the fourth largest retailer of consumer durables and electronics in India and has a leading position in South India, particularly in the states of Telangana and Andhra Pradesh .

                  Electronics Mart India operates and manages 112 stores with a shopping area of ​​1.12 million square feet, spread across 36 cities.

                  Elara Capital’s Harshit Kapadia suggested investors hold the stock longer. “We can keep the stock because there is more steam in the counter, but we must avoid a new entry. »

                  (Disclaimer: The recommendations, suggestions, views and opinions given by the experts belong to them. These do not represent the views of Economic Times)

                  Live Updates: Pound climbs in early Asia trading after calls for Truss to quit


                  Hello and welcome to the working week. Or should it be workers week? The 20th National Congress of the Communist Party of China is underway in Beijing and all eyes are on President Xi Jinping ahead of the scheduled vote to give him an unprecedented third term.

                  The Financial Times spoke to more than two dozen Chinese business executives, farmers, government officials and academics – although, naturally, none would be recorded – to provide an overview of the country as it enters this new era.

                  In the UK, representatives of British workers will gather in Brighton for the annual trade union congress, which was postponed due to the death of Queen Elizabeth II last month. Given the state of the economy and industrial unrest, there will be plenty to discuss. Pensions, the cost of living crisis and the defense of the right to strike are on the agenda.

                  Economic unrest will be on the agenda of the European Council meeting between EU heads of state, which begins Thursday in Brussels.

                  Former White House strategist Steve Bannon interviews Kari Lake, the Republican Party’s candidate for governor of Arizona, at the Conservative Political Action Conference in Dallas on August 5 © Shelby Tauber/Reuters

                  In the United States, the fallout from the Capitol Riot of January 6, 2021 continues. On Friday, Donald Trump’s former political adviser, Steve Bannon, is to be sentenced for contempt of Congress after failing to comply with a subpoena issued by the Commission of Inquiry into the bombing.

                  Finally, among this week’s anniversaries is a significant one for a British institution as the BBC turns 100. Many people will have an opinion on this. Perhaps it’s time to revisit former FT editor Lionel Barber’s take on a century of ‘Auntie Beeb’.

                  Economic data

                  New Zealand releases third quarter consumer price index inflation rate data. UK inflation figures for September are expected to see a further double-digit headline rate hike, while GfK’s confidence reading and retail sales update will likely underline just how drawn a recovery by consumers is unlikely at this time.

                  The Federal Reserve will release its latest Beige Book on Wednesday, providing commentary on current economic conditions in the United States, and there will be an update on the increasingly fragile US housing market.

                  China’s monthly activity indicators will most likely illustrate the continued impact of Covid-19 restrictions.


                  We are in the midst of earnings season, starting the week with the rest of the major Wall Street banks releasing third quarter numbers, followed by a mix of consumer goods, retail, media, airlines and technology. Reporters include third-quarter data from Bank of America, Bank of New York Mellon, Charles Schwab, a half-year report from Naked Wines and a third-quarter operations update from Rio Tinto.

                  Cautious trade expected this week

                  Iris Gonzales – The Filipina Star

                  October 17, 2022 | 00:00

                  MANILA, Philippines — The benchmark Philippine Stock Exchange Index (PSEi) maintained its advance on Friday but still failed to gain week-over-week as it fell 27.44 points or 0 .5%, reversing the previous week’s gains, as global equity markets also ended mostly down for the week.

                  Unicapital Research said investors were leaning on cheap valuations ahead of September US inflation data, while US Federal Reserve meeting minutes indicated the Fed recognized the importance of pacing the inflation campaign. policy tightening taking into account its adverse effects on the US and global economies.

                  Inflation in the United States in September was 8.2%, still below a 40-year high, but registering the fourth consecutive month of decline from 9.1% in June.

                  “Over a broader horizon, against the backdrop of positive developments, we continue to recommend investing with caution as risks still abound with what the US Fed will decide at its next policy meeting later in November,” Unicapital said. .

                  Rizal Commercial Banking Corp. Chief Economist Michael Ricafort said the next psychological resistance will be at the 6,000 mark, with the next support level between 5,785 and 5,832.

                  After that, the next significant support is the intraday low of 5,699.30 posted on October 3, 2022,” he said.

                  Explaining last week’s gains, Ricafort said the PSEi continued to gain after the peso exchange rate was stable for the third week in a row following the recent drop in global crude oil prices.

                  This was also after Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas Governor Felipe Medalla signaled a possible big hike in local policy rates of 50 or 75 basis points at the next rate-setting meeting on November 17 in a bid to reduce the pressure on the peso and also bring down inflation. as this could have an impact on the economic recovery.

                  The PSEi also rose after Finance Secretary Benjamin Diokno hinted at the Marcos administration’s plans to extend lower tariff rates until 2023 on major commodities.

                  Diokno said it was part of the government’s efforts to bring down food prices.

                  Former Disney communications director’s book on molecules joins Frankfurter Buchmesse

                  Despite their complex structures, molecules probably don’t take the time to think about how they fit into the grand scheme of things. They simply are.

                  —Chuck Champlin

                  FRANKFURT, GERMANY, Oct. 15, 2022 /EINPresswire.com/ — Think Like A Molecule: Seeking Inspiration in the Structures of Thought by Chuck Champlin is a fascinating book that explores the limits of human thought through the smallest structures of life . Chuck Champlin’s book will be part of the Bookmarc Alliance exhibit for Frankfurt Buchmesse, the world’s largest book fair, scheduled for October 19-23 at the Frankfurt Trade Grounds.

                  The advent of molecular sciences has endowed our scientific community with the knowledge to invent technologies that have completely revolutionized mankind. Author Chuck Champlin argues that we can use our knowledge of molecules not only in technology, but also in our personal lives. He writes: “Projecting our minds into very small realms – or vast distances to the stars – is a useful exercise. The effort can clearly bear intellectual fruit for all of us, sparking mind-boggling analogies and new ideas, suggesting new forms and possibilities in our living world.

                  Chuck Champlin has been a writer and journalist; a corporate communications manager for The Walt Disney Company; a bicycle inventor; a rock drummer, singer and songwriter; and a leader in Toastmasters Clubs (public speaking) and Optimist Clubs (bringing out the best in children). He is married and has four adult children.

                  Pick up your copy of this informative book at Amazon, Barnes & Noble, and other online retailers.

                  About Bookmarc Alliance Advertising

                  Bookmarc Alliance is an independent marketing and advertising company that aims to create spaces for new authors to promote their works. The business entity provides world-class services that give authors a better chance of attracting a global clientele through marketing and advertising. The company is a powerhouse of highly qualified individuals who are committed to providing authors with the essentials of book promotions.

                  Please visit https://bookmarcalliance.com/ for more information.

                  Bookmarc Alliance
                  Bookmarc Alliance
                  +1 510-736-0001
                  [email protected]
                  Visit us on social media:

                  Volunteers rock the Lahaina bookstore | News, Sports, Jobs


                  “I truly believe in giving back to excel in life,” said Beth DeBlasis, a new volunteer at the Maui Friends of the Library’s Lahaina Bookstore.

                  LAHAINA — Maui Friends of the Library Lahaina Bookstore added two new volunteers last month to its roster of 16 local residents who spend at least four hours a week serving customers at its now larger store at the Maui Outlets on Front Street.

                  The new volunteers are Annie Wilson, an accountant and regular customer of the store for many years, and Beth DeBlasis, Clean Energy Ambassador for Sunrun Solar and Off-Premise Concierge. Both enjoy being active in the community.

                  Store sales provide additional support to Maui County’s eight public libraries and the Holololo Bookmobile, funding everything from new books to furniture to special programs.

                  “Our volunteers are the backbone of our organization,” noted Friends of Maui Library president Flo Wiger, who also volunteers at the Lahaina store.

                  “We always need people to step in and help,” she added, noting “It’s also a lot of fun.”

                  Maui Friends of the Library has three second-hand bookstores on Maui: Puunene near the Sugar Mill; Queen Ka’ahumanu Center in Kahului; and the Lahaina Bookstore across from Kate Spade in the Outlets of Maui mall on Papalaua and Front streets.

                  Those interested in volunteering can apply at any store. Maui Friends of the Library is open seven days a week from 10 a.m. to 6 p.m. Used book donations are welcome and accepted at each store.

                  Learn more by visiting the Maui Friends of the Library website at mfol.org.

                  Top Comic Artists 42-39


                  The countdown continues! Here are the next four comic book artists you voted as your all-time favorites (out of approximately 1,023 ballots, with 10 points for first-place votes, 9 points for second-place votes, etc.) .

                  42. Jim Aparo – 247 points (4 votes for first place)

                  Although he may not be on the level of some of the comic book artists of the 1950s, who drew forever (like Curt Swan), Jim Aparo was still one of the most incredibly consistent artists you’ll ever have. never seen. His inks started to lose a bit of focus towards the end of his career and DC stopped letting him ink himself so some magic was lost but he was still producing top notch work right down to the 1990s.

                  To show how consistent he was, check out his very first Batman work, from 1971 Brave and the Bold #98 (featuring The Phantom Stranger, the ongoing series of which was Aparo’s second assignment at DC Comics – the concept of the issue is that strange things are happening at the home of the widow and son of a Batman friend who just died and Batman is investigating)…

                  This piece was from 1971 and yet it could just as well have been from 1981. Or 1991. Or 2001. This story had all the hallmarks of a Jim Aparo story – great narration, Jim Aparo’s patented facial expressions , the fluidity of the character action – just great work. Aparo took over Brave and the Bold a few issues later, then drew it for the next TEN years until its end. Brave and the Bold leads to batman and the aliens. After drawing this for about three years, he had a little break. Soon, however, he was back at work drawing Batman for Jim Starlin (including the death of Jason Todd) and Marv Wolfman (including the introduction of Tim Drake) then to Detective comics for Peter Milligan, then back to Batman for Doug Moench (where Aparo was the artist who drew Bane breaking Batman’s back). After his regular work on Batman completed, he still did occasional fill-in work on the series while also getting the regular art gig on green arrow. He was still doing occasional illustrations for DC almost until his death in 2005.

                  RELATED: Best Comic Book Writers 46-43

                  41. Wallace Wood – 249 points (8 votes for first place)

                  Wallace Wood was a bit of a comic book savant, in that there really wasn’t a genre or art style that Wood couldn’t excel at. He was a brilliant caricaturist, but at the same time he could draw the most realistic characters you could ever see. Wood came of age in a time when comics spanned a number of different genres, so his skills were well served for that time. He helped convince EC Comics to get into sci-fi comics, and he drew some of the most brilliant sci-fi covers of the time (later Wood would then draw the Martian attacks trading card game for Topps, which would become one of the most iconic trading card games of all time – think size Martian attacks is like a concept and note that it all comes from a deck of cards that Wood created).

                  As noted, Wood could excel in a number of genres, including superhero comics. He attempted to work for Marvel Comics in the mid-1960s, but eventually quit working for the company because he disliked the fact that Marvel artists had to come up with the plot for their comics without being paid. more as tracers. Yet during his short stint at Marvel (which Stan Lee excited like crazy, as Lee was a huge fan of Wood’s work), Wood redesigned Daredevil (giving him his classic red costume) and wrote and drew (with a Lee’s dialogue) one of the all-time great superhero fight stories in daredevil #seven…

                  Wood is also famous for his piece “22 Panels That Still Work”, which is a guide for comic book artists on how to break up what would be an otherwise monotonous series of talking head panels. Wood’s underdog status sadly never led him to the superstardom his skills deserved and after suffering from health issues (including loss of vision in one of his eyes) he turned away. committed suicide in 1981 when he was only 54 years old.

                  40. Mike Allred – 251 points (7 votes for first place)

                  Mike Allred’s artwork mixes two distinct visual cues – a kind of retro Silver Age look mixed with realistic people stuck in over the top situations. The latter gives a lot of pathos to his work and the former makes his work visually stand out from the typical indie comic type you’d expect.

                  Allred burst onto the scene with his indie creation Madman, who was first featured in a short story as a mere teenager dealing with being brought back from the dead as basically like a Frankenstein monster (the character’s name was Frank Einstein). Frank just wanted to be accepted, but everyone treated him like a freak. However, after this first appearance, Allred then gave Frank a costume and he became the superhero known as Madman. The concept worked like a charm, as Allred is a brilliant sequential artist, so the action sequences were great while being, you know, decidedly offbeat (Madman’s weapon of choice was a yo-yo)…

                  Allred’s throwback style brings out the occasional darkness in its stories even more, which became quite notable in its next most notable series after Madman, X-Force’s revamp with writer Peter Milligan. The issue opened up with a group of young adult superheroes raging against the machine, so to speak…

                  And then suddenly… everything changed in a flash of automatic fire…

                  It was very clearly not the comic everyone thought it was when they started reading it, because it was a comic where the star of the book (and the narrator) graphically dies at the end of the first issue…

                  with almost all the rest of the team…

                  Allred has done a number of works over the years with the characters of Madman and X-Force (which was later renamed X-Statix). Currently, he’s putting his Silver Age sensibility to good use in an excellent Superman miniseries with writer Mark Russell.

                  RELATED: Best Comics Artists 46-43

                  39. Marc Silvestri – 258 points (1 vote for first place)

                  Marc Silvestri broke into comics working for First and DC Comics in the early 1980s. He moved on to Marvel Comics and worked on Spider-Man web for an acclaimed run with writer David Michelinie and inker Kyle Baker.

                  By the time Marc Silvestri had graduated to become a regular artist at Weird X-Men, the X-Books were, well, “the X-Books”, which was not the case when John Byrne or Paul Smith took over. It wasn’t just a comic, it was a FRANCHISE, and Silvestri got the chance to draw the franchise’s main book.

                  Silvestri then used a different style from the one he would develop while working for Image in the early 90s. Odd (where he was mostly inked by Dan Green), his art was much more experimental, it almost seemed reminiscent of the work David Mazzucchelli was doing on Daredevil around the same time.

                  This was when the fall of the mutants happened and the world thought the X-Men were dead, but instead they went to live in Australia for a while. Then Inferno happened, then the X-Men split up, and there was a long story where the group slowly came together. By this time Silvestri had left the book to begin a popular run on Wolverine with Larry Hama.

                  He later helped co-found Image Comics with his series, Cyberforce. Silvestri debuted a new artistic style around this time, which he mostly retained in the decades that followed. It’s not drastically different from his previous work, of course, but he definitely went for a tighter feel with his art than his looser stuff from before.

                  While heading up his studio at Image Comics, Top Cow Studios, Silvestri still occasionally does big comic book projects, like the late Grant Morrison. New X-Men run, another x-men one-shots and a brief run on The Incredible Hulk with Jason Aaron. He also returned to Cyberforce several times in recent years. He’s writing and drawing a major Batman project for DC that will debut soon.

                  Ingram supports Book.io, an NFT book marketplace


                  Book.io CEO Josh Stone is a publishing startup veteran. He started BookShout in 2012 and ran it for two years before selling the company to an investor. He then created an online learning platform on behalf of two authors. Then, in 2017, Stone began to delve deeper into blockchain and cryptocurrencies, leading to this new venture, which he launched in 2022 — originally as Book Token — with co-founder Ben Illian (who also worked alongside him at BookShout).

                  Book.io describes itself as “an NFT marketplace for buying, reading, and selling e-books and audiobooks” (although, so far, it has only published e-books). Blockchain infrastructure offers a wide range of benefits to authors (and by extension publishers), book buyers and, to a lesser extent, readers. Authors can create new revenue streams through limited-edition NFTs and earning a percentage of revenue when their digital work is resold. Blockchain also offers unique ways to create communities of readers.

                  Authors and publishers can take advantage of Book.io’s unique “decentralized encrypted assets”, which create an essentially unbreakable style of DRM. The company is also launching “$BOOK tokens,” a unique cryptocurrency that is earned by readers based solely on the amount read, a way to incentivize readers to become more involved with authors and their work.

                  Ingram Content Group President John Ingram was a member of BookShout’s board of directors, and that connection ultimately led to the company’s investment in this new startup, which is among more than 1.6 million dollars that Book.io has raised. Ingram’s investment is tied, in part, to another unique Book.io feature called Mint & Print, a print-on-demand service for digital books purchased on Book.io and delivered through the vast infrastructure. Ingram International. Commenting on the investment, Ingram Content Group President and CEO Shawn Morin said Books.io “naturally aligns with the global reach of our business and our mission to provide the infrastructure and services needed to help content reach its destination, from content creators to consumers.”

                  Book.io has already published (or rather “created” in the jargon of the NFT world) 12 titles, and all of them have sold out, some in as little as 11 seconds. First, a replica of the Gutenberg Bible. It was, Stone explains, “a tribute to Gutenberg: something monumental to begin with – over 800,000 words – with 70 high-resolution images. Each blanket was unique. It was released in mid-July, at an initial price of 180 ADA (the native currency of the Cardano blockchain, currently trading at around 37¢ each); 1,600 copies were sold. “On day one, we generated $110,000 in sales in 12 hours,” Stone said, adding that the business was already profitable.

                  The Gutenberg was followed by what Stone calls the “monster series”, including titles like Mary Shelley. Frankenstein (49 ADA) and Robert Louis Stevenson The Strange Case of Dr Jekyll and Mr Hyde (39 ADA). After the monsters meditations by Marcus Aurelius, published on October 8, was priced at 100 ADA in an edition of 400 copies. These are now available on Jpg.store, which advertises itself as “the largest Cardano NFT marketplace”, at prices ranging from 400 ADA to over 100,000 ADA. Copy #17 was resold twice, the last time for 1,200 ADA, or over $500.

                  To better understand how it works, let’s follow the path of an author on Book.io. Gina Azzi has written 27 romance novels in a specialized category, “sports romance.” His next publication on Book.io is titled The Hot Shot Mistake: A Workplace Hockey Story, the first in his Tennessee Thunderbolts Hockey Romance series. The Book.io version of The Hot Shot error will contain the exact same text as the Kindle edition, but it will feature 10 different AI-generated covers, each, Azzi pointed out, “illustrating a different point in the book that has special emotional significance.” The book will be struck on October 24, in an edition of 3,000 copies. The price will be around 25 ADA.

                  Now let’s follow the book buyer’s journey on Book.io. To purchase a digital book, a consumer must first convert a few dollars to Cardano blockchain ADA. Cardano is an alternative to Bitcoin and Ethereum, and like those currencies, its value has recently plummeted, dropping more than 80% in the past year, from nearly 25% in the last month. It adds an exciting element to the book buying equation. To buy ADA, a person must sign up with a cryptocurrency exchange as well as a “lightweight” wallet provider that connects to something called dApps. Once done, users can purchase a book from Book.io.

                  Stone said he’s committed to simplifying the process for book buyers until he reaches a point where, as he says, his mother can buy and read a book on the company’s digital platform. ‘company. Although he still has some way to go to get his mother on board, the company’s technical mastery inspires confidence that the goal can be achieved.

                  Azzi is excited as she prepares for the launch of her first book. “I think it’s going to become a lot more mainstream,” she said. “It may sound scary. But Book.io does a great job of connecting where we are now and where things are headed.

                  A version of this article originally appeared in the 10/17/2022 issue of Weekly editors under the title: Ingram Backs Book.io

                  Overall Discoms loss rises 66% to Rs 50,281 crore in 2020-21: report

                  Overall losses from power distribution utilities or discoms increased by 66% to Rs 50,281 crore in 2020-21 from a year earlier, according to a report by state-owned Power Finance Corporation. “The Electricity Utilities Performance Report 2020-2021” unveiled at the State Electricity Ministers Conference in Udaipur also stated that AT&C (Overall Technical and Commercial) discoms overall losses increased deteriorated from 20.73% in 2019-2020 to 22.32% in 2020-21.

                  For 2020-2021, the report covers 117 utilities comprising 68 discoms, 23 power generation utilities, 22 power transmission utilities and 4 power exchange utilities.

                  Overall discom losses increased from Rs 30,203 crore in 2019-20 to Rs 50,281 crore in 2020-21, the report said adding that overall losses on tariff subsidy received, excluding regulatory revenue and subsidy revenue under UDAY (discom stimulus scheme) for loan recovery increased from Rs 63,949 crore in 2019-20 to Rs 88,500 crore in 2020-21.

                  The Ujwal DISCOM Assurance Yojana (UDAY) was launched by the Center in November 2015 for the operational and financial recovery of public nightclubs.

                  The program aimed to reduce the interest charge, the cost of electricity, electricity losses in the distribution sector and to improve the operational efficiency of discoms.

                  The study also showed that the gross energy sold by discoms was 10,24,309 MU (million units) in 2019-2020 and 10,05,044 MU in 2020-21, recording a year-on-year decline. the other 1.88%.

                  Revenue from the sale of electricity, including the tariff subsidy charged, fell by 1.76% over the same period, from Rs 6,43,881 crore in 2019-20 to Rs 6,32,543 crore in 2020- 21.

                  The tariff subsidy charged by discoms has increased from Rs 1,20,828 crore in 2019-20 to Rs 1,32,416 crore in 2020-21. As a percentage of total revenue, the rate subsidy charged by utilities fell from 16.52% in 2019-20 to 18.53% in 2020-21, he said.

                  The gap on tariff subsidy billing base increased from Rs 0.24 per kWh in 2019-20 to Rs 0.41 per kWh in 2020-21, it said.

                  The differential on tariff subsidy received, excluding regulatory revenue and revenue subsidy under UDAY, for loan repossession increased from Rs 0.50 per kWh to Rs 0.71 per kWh during the same period.

                  The cash-adjusted gap increased from Rs 0.83 per kWh to Rs 0.95 per kWh.

                  Receivables for the sale of electricity (number of days) increased from 140 days of sale as of March 31, 2020 to 161 days of sale as of March 31, 2021.

                  Payables for the purchase of electricity (number of days) decreased from 164 days of sale on March 31, 2020 to 176 days of sale on March 31 of last year.

                  Net worth continues to be negative at Rs 44,160 crore as of March 31, 2021. Total borrowings by discoms increased from Rs 5,05,246 crore to Rs 5,86,194 crore.

                  He also said that despite continued operational challenges due to COVID-19, all discoms covered in the report submitted audited accounts for 2020-21.

                  Up to 20 states/UTs have issued tariff orders for 2022-23 on time (by April 1, 2022). 25 states/UT have issued a tariff order as of July 25, 2022, he added.

                  On the production utilities, it said it made a profit of Rs 2,700 crore in 2020-21, compared to a profit of Rs 3,836 crore in 2019-20. No less than 16 of the 23 producing utilities recorded profits in 2020-21.

                  Net worth of production utilities increased from Rs 1,10,541 crore as of March 31, 2020 to Rs 1,15,087 crore as of March 31, 2021.

                  On the performance of transmission utilities, he said that transmission utilities made a profit of Rs 955 crore in 2020-21 compared to a loss of Rs 287 crore in 2019-20.

                  No less than 15 of the 22 transport utilities recorded profits in 2020-2021.

                  Net worth of transport utilities increased from Rs 86,503 crore as of March 31, 2020 to Rs 93,614 crore as of March 31, 2021.

                  On the performance of commercial utilities, he said they made a profit of Rs 16,091 crore in 2020-21 compared to a loss of Rs 4,396 crore in 2019-20.

                  UTPCL (Uttar Pradesh Power Corporation) recorded a profit of Rs 17,379 crore (mainly due to reversal of write-down of investment amounting to Rs 17,112 crore) in 2020-21 while GRIDCO (Grid Corporation of Odisha) suffered a loss of Rs 1,382 crore, it said.

                  The net worth of commercial utilities increased from Rs 43,423 crore as of March 31, 2020 to Rs 70,246 crore as of March 31, 2021, he said.

                  Stealing From Bookstores Soon – Big Screen Entertainment


                  BEVERLY HILLS, Calif., Oct. 13, 2022 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Big Screen Entertainment Group will release a book of its acclaimed script for the World War II Women Airforce Service Pilots (WASPs) action drama Avenger Field.

                  It will be published in hardback and e-book form and will be available worldwide on Veterans Day, November 11.

                  Hollywood’s leading screenplay coverage service, WeScreenplay, placed the pilot episode’s script in the top 1% of works submitted to the company, calling it “gripping, tense, powerful…and close to perfection”.

                  Big Screen has been developing the project for television for several years with an accomplished in-house team.

                  The project will first launch in book form, starting with the feature film’s opening script, followed by novelizations of the series’ later episodes, for which Big Screen has developed multi-year arcs.

                  Based on recently declassified military records, extensive research and expert interviews, BSEG’s gripping series tells the stories of women who served at Avenger Field, a top-secret base for female pilots.

                  Created by Big Screen’s Kimberley Kates with co-creators, Sandro Monetti and Catherine Taylor and developed with help from BAFTA New Talent program stars Muriel Naim and Asligul Armagan.

                  The show is a tribute to fearless women who have fought not only for country, but also for empowerment, equality and inclusion.

                  BSEG Managing Director Kimberley Kates said: “This business never stops. We’ve expanded into new areas in recent years – from streaming to retail – and publishing is the natural next step. What better story to get off the ground than our acclaimed salute to the women of Avenger Field who were only recently recognized for their courageous service to the country? And what better time to post our tribute to their service and courage than Veterans Day? »

                  Pre-orders for Avenger Field are available here:

                  Avenger Field: Amazon.co.uk: Kates, Kimberley, Monetti, Sandro, Taylor, Catherine: Books

                  Avenger Field by Kimberley Kates, Sandro Monetti, Catherine Taylor, Hardcover | Barnes & Noble® (barnesandnoble.com)

                  About Big Screen Entertainment (BSEG)

                  Big Screen Entertainment Group (OTC: BSEG) is a well-established production and distribution company based in Beverly Hills. Founded on a love for storytelling, the company was launched in 2005 and has grown to specialize in production, post-production and distribution in the United States and internationally. It continues to grow and evolve into new business models in an ever-changing media world.

                  Forward-Looking Statement: A number of statements contained in the press release are forward-looking statements that are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks and uncertainties. , including timely development and market acceptance of products and technologies, competitive market conditions, successful integration of acquisitions and the ability to secure additional sources of financing. When used in this press release, words such as “could”, “plan”, “estimate”, “expect”, “intend”, “may”, “potential”, “should” and similar expressions are forward-looking statements. .

                  A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/c0c317ef-1139-4996-9e83-c834629860da


                  2022 Harvey Awards Announce Best Comics of the Year


                  The winners of the 2022 Harvey Awards were announced during New York Comic Con on October 8. The Harvey Awards, which began in 1988, are one of comics’ oldest and most prestigious awards. They were named after Harvey Kurtzman, an American comic book pioneer who is best known for creating MAD reviewed in 1952.

                  Outstanding comics, manga, graphic novels and more were voted by a panel of professional creators, publishing professionals, librarians and comic book retailers who were chosen by ReedPOP and the executive committee of the Harvey Awards. This year’s awards were coordinated by Chris D’Lando, Camilla Di Persia and Eden Miller.

                  The winners are:

                  book of the year

                  “Best graphic novel or long-form collection demonstrating excellence in writing, art, or comics exhibiting excellent form representation.”

                  The Good Asian, Vol. 1 by Pornsak Pichetshote and Alexandre Tefenkgi (Image Comics)

                  Digital Book of the Year

                  “Best comic or collection originally presented in a digital format.”

                  Lore Olympus by Rachel Smith

                  Best Book for Children or Young Adults

                  “Best long-form original graphic novel or collection presented for younger audiences.”

                  Squire by Nadia Shammas and Sara Alfageeh (HarperAlley)

                  Best adaptation of Comic/Graphic Novel

                  “Best adaptation to another medium of a work originally presented as a graphic novel, trade collection or comic strip.”

                  Ms. Marvel (Disney+) based on Ms. Marvel (Marvel Comics)

                  best anime

                  Cover of volume 1 of the man with the chainsaw

                  “Best single manga of the year translated into English.”

                  Chainsaw Man by Tatsuki Fujimoto, translated by Amanda Haley (VIZ Media)

                  best international book

                  “Best international material translated into English”

                  sweet paprika by Mirka Andolfo (Image Comics)

                  Harvey Hall of Fame Award

                  “Honoring creators who have had a distinguished career or impact on the medium for more than two decades.

                  Neil Gaiman, writer (Sand seller)

                  Gilbert Shelton, cartoonist (The Fabulous Furry Freak Brothers)

                  Roy Thomas, writer, journalist, former editor of Marvel Comics

                  Marge Buell, cartoonist (Little Lulu)

                  For a full list of nominees, visit the 2022 Harvey Awards main page.

                  Find more news and stories of interest from the world of books in breaking books.

                  Barnes & Noble opens brand new bookstore in Pikesville


                  Join the bookseller for a ribbon-cutting ceremony and book signing with author Brigid Kemmerer during the grand opening on Wednesday, October 19 at 9 a.m.

                  PIKESVILLE, MD – WEBWIRE

                  Barnes & Noble is delighted to open its new Pikesville bookshop in The Festival at Woodholme, a stone’s throw from the parking lot of its former location. After 19 years of proudly serving the community from their old store, Pikesville Booksellers can’t wait to unveil their beautiful new bookstore (by chance) on Wednesday, October 19e.

                  The new Barnes & Noble is located at 1809 Reisterstown Rd, Pikesville MD 21208, near Trader Joe’s in space formerly occupied by Pier 1 Imports. It will officially open to the public at 9:00 a.m. ET on October 19 after the previous location closed on October 18. Brigid Kemmerer, New York Times bestselling author of defy the nightwill cut the ribbon on opening day and sign copies of the highly anticipated sequel defend the dawn.

                  The new store is built with a layout that welcomes readers and encourages those magical moments of discovering their next favorite book, providing Pikesville book shoppers with an intimate browsing experience full of books handpicked by local booksellers. The new location is a few stores away from the company’s partner store, Paper Source, and is sure to be a wonderful addition to the festival at Woodholme Mall. It will join a slate of other Baltimore-based B&Ns such as Bel Air, Ellicott City and Annapolis.

                  Benefiting from strong book sales and buoyed by the popularity of reading, Barnes & Noble is opening new stores. The new Pikesville is the 11e store to open so far this year, with 30 more in development in the near future. This compares to just 15 total new stores opening in the nine years from 2010 to 2019. “We are very pleased to retain a bookstore in Pikesville where for so many years Barnes & Noble has been a central part of this community,” James said. Daunt, CEO of Barnes & Noble. “Store Manager Carmin Windsor and the team of booksellers have worked diligently to build this brilliant new store, and we look forward to our first holiday season in our new home.”

                  “Every community needs a bookstore,” said Carmin Windsor, store manager. “I think we will continue to be a place of discovery for Pikesville, and our team has been busy visualizing all possible ways to better connect with readers in the community. I’ve been a B&N bookseller for 22 years and I’m originally from the Baltimore area. The opening of this store was very special to me, and I look forward to welcoming our customers, new and old, into our doors.

                  Customers can find out about upcoming events and news using the handle @bnpikesvillemd!


                  About Barnes & Noble

                  Barnes & Noble, Inc. is the largest retail bookseller in the United States. The company has approximately 600 bookstores across the United States, as well as its online bookstore at BN.com, the Nook Digital business that offers both e-books and an audiobook subscription service, the service educational SparkNotes and publisher Union Square & Co. General information about Barnes & Noble, Inc. is available on the company’s website at www.bn.com.

                  (Press release image: https://photos.webwire.com/prmedia/6/295347/295347-1.png)

                  WebWire ID295347

                  This news content was set up by WebWire’s editorial staff. Linking is allowed.

                  Press release distribution and press release distribution services provided by WebWire.

                  Elevance Health: Choose Predic – GuruFocus.com


                  Over the past year, the S&P 500 index has lost almost 18%. Each sector, save energy, is lower over this period of time. No sector, however, fared worse than the health care sector, which lost 58.6%.

                  That said, some names in this sector have performed very well. One such name is Elevance Health Inc. (ELV, Financial), formerly known as Anthem Inc.

                  Elevance Health is a leading provider of healthcare benefits and has over 47 million members under its plans. These plans are provided through channels such as individual, commercial, Medicaid, and Medicare plans. More than half of annual sales come from government sources, with businesses accounting for a third and individuals the rest.

                  Last year, the stock price had a wide range, with the stock reaching a high of $533.68 and a low of $370. Shares of the $112 billion company have returned nearly 24% over the past 12 months and are nearly 11% off the 52-week high.


                  Constant improvement of the fundamentals

                  Elevance Health released its latest quarterly results on June 28. Second-quarter revenue rose nearly 16% to $38.5 billion, beating Wall Street analysts’ expectations of $430 million. Adjusted earnings per share of $8.04 were higher than the $7.03 the company generated a year earlier and 30 cents better than expected.

                  The company recorded gains in almost all areas of its business. Total premiums increased 16% to $33.1 billion, while product revenue increased 17% to $3.6 billion. Breaking down the results further, Government Business revenue increased nearly 19%, IngenioRx increased 13.7%, and Commercial & Specialty increased 10.6%.

                  Total membership grew just over 6% to 47.1 million, with Government Business up 11% and Commercial & Specialty Business up 3.8%.

                  Elevance provided revised guidance for 2022, with executives now expecting adjusted earnings per share of at least $28.70, up from the previous guidance of $28.40. If achieved, that would represent a 10.5% improvement over 2021. That’s not too far off the company’s 13.7% compound annual growth rate over the past decade, according to Value Line.

                  The strengthening results probably come as no surprise to those who follow the company, as revenue and bottom line growth has increased over the past 15 years, which is why Elevance Health received five stars. out of five for its predictability ranking.


                  Elevance Health’s balance sheet at the end of the quarter was in good shape with total assets of $100.9 billion, total current assets of $53.7 billion and cash and cash equivalents of $6.5 billion. of dollars. This compares to total liabilities of $65 billion, total current liabilities of $39.3 billion, long-term debt of $21.2 billion, and short-term debt of $2.2 billion. of dollars.

                  Dividend analysis

                  Elevance Health has increased its dividend for 12 consecutive years. Over the past decade, the dividend has recorded a CAGR of 16.4%, just ahead of earnings growth.

                  The stock has rarely been a high yielding name.


                  This trend is confirmed today, since the action yields 1.1%. This is lower than the five-year average return of 1.3%, but the difference is likely due to the 144% gain Elevance Health has seen over this period; a solid compromise as far as investors are concerned.

                  The good news for shareholders is that the dividend is likely safe. The company is expected to pay out $5.12 of earnings per share in 2022, which equates to a projected payout ratio of 18% using management guidance for the year. That’s just below the average payout ratio of 20% since 2012.

                  Valuation analysis

                  Elevance Health is currently trading at $470.56, giving the stock a forward price-to-earnings ratio of 16.4 based on guidance for the year. This compares to the 10-year average price-to-earnings ratio of 13.5, which makes the stock slightly overvalued on a historical basis.

                  However, the GF value line suggests that the stock is correctly valued based on historical ratios, past financial performance and analysts’ future earnings projections.


                  Elevance Health has a GF value of $461.58, which gives a GF price/value ratio of 1.02. This implies that the stock is overvalued by 2% even after its recent outperformance. Stocks get a fair value rating from GuruFocus.

                  The company has a strong GF score of 88 out of 100, implying that it has good performance potential going forward.


                  Growth is Elevance Health’s top score, where the company earns a perfect 10 out of 10, driven by revenue and earnings growth rates that outpace the majority of companies in the healthcare plan industry. It should be noted that there are only 15 companies in this industry, but Elevance Health still outperforms the majority on most metrics.

                  One area where the company has intermediate expectations is in future revenue and earnings growth rates. Morningstar Inc. (MORNING, Financial analysts predict revenue and earnings growth of 11.5% and 6.7%, respectively, over the next three to five years. This remains within normal long-term ranges for the company, although projected growth rates are in the middle of peers.

                  Elevance Health has a strong rating in profitability, where it scores 9 out of 10. This score is determined by return on equity and return on assets which grow and exceed nearly two-thirds of its peers. On the other hand, net margin is down from previous years, but still one of the company’s best performers over the past decade.

                  Financial strength is rated 5 out of 10, primarily due to growth in long-term debt over the past 10 years. Despite this, interest coverage is manageable and at the best level in the last decade for the company. Elevance Health also has a Piotrsoki F score of 8 out of 9, suggesting that the financial situation is very sound. Finally, the return on investment of capital of 8.9% compared to its weighted average cost of capital of 7.5% indicates that the company generates value from its investments in its activity.

                  Final Thoughts

                  Elevance Health has easily outpaced its own sector and the S&P 500 over the past year. This happened because the company experienced healthy growth in both revenue and earnings per share, a trend that has continued over the long term. As a result, Elevance Health has a perfect five-star rating for predictability.

                  Although the stock yield is low, the growth rate has been in the mid-teens since 2012, and the payout rate is extremely low. Stocks are trading above their average historical multiple, but are fairly valued on an intrinsic basis. The GF score also indicates good performance in the coming years.

                  Investors looking for a high-performing healthcare name still trading at a reasonable valuation may find Elevance Health an attractive investment option given its predictability over the past 10-15 years.

                  Russian couple find refuge from war in their Istanbul bookstore


                  ISTANBUL, Oct 11 (Reuters) – The conversation shifted from Turkish to Russian as Oleg and Aleksandra Chernousov chatted with guests at the launch of their bookstore in Istanbul, the start of a new life in a new city they once thought to be temporary. residence.

                  Seven months earlier, they had fled St. Petersburg with a handful of possessions and a clear thought: to get themselves and their 11-year-old daughter away from Russian President Vladimir Putin’s invasion of Ukraine.

                  As the conflict raged and their savings dried up, they and other Russian émigrés began to look to Turkey and make longer-term plans.

                  Join now for FREE unlimited access to Reuters.com

                  For the Chernousov family, those plans took shape in Istanbul’s trendy Moda district with the launch of their new bookstore “Black Moustache” – a play on the literal meaning of their surname. .

                  “The store is pocket-sized, not big, but we hope it will have a long and happy life,” Oleg, 33, told Reuters as visitors, mostly other newly arrived Russians, streamed into the store. .

                  Many say they fled Russia for fear of being arrested for opposing the invasion, which Putin calls a “special military operation”.

                  They also feared being forced to fight – a fear that has come true since the president ordered mass conscription.

                  For their new home, they chose Turkey, a NATO member that sought to balance its relations with Russia and Ukraine during the conflict.

                  “Black Mustache” sells books on photography, fashion and design, some of them in Russian, although shipping costs have been high.

                  Oleg was able to draw on the experience he gained from running a similar store in St. Petersburg, where books have always occupied an important place in the couple’s life.

                  “When Oleg and I started dating, in Russia, we called it the period of sweets and flowers, he gave me books,” Aleksandra said. When they fled, they had to leave most of them behind.

                  “That’s why I feel so good that we are opening a bookstore, because the books and shelves we had in Russia mean a lot to me,” she added. “They were an inspiration and without them I felt lonely, I felt lonely. Now I feel better.”

                  Join now for FREE unlimited access to Reuters.com

                  Reporting by David Gauthier-Villars, Bulent Usta and Yesim Dikmen; Editing by Daren Butler and Andrew Heavens

                  Our standards: The Thomson Reuters Trust Principles.

                  Print book sales are down 4.8% in the first 9 months of 2022


                  Books in print declined slightly in the first nine months of 2022. Overall sales in the United States fell from 570 million copies sold from January to September in 2021 to 542.6 million in 2022. Adult fiction has was the strongest category all year and grew 9.5% in the first nine months of the year. One of the most successful authors of the year was Colleen Hoover, with sales of It Ends with Us approaching two million copies, while Verity and Ugly Love Truth and ugly love also had sales of over a million copies each. Where the Crawdads sing by Delia Owens was the fourth title to sell over a million copies through September, with sales just over 1.6 million.

                  Looking at non-fiction sales in the first nine months of 2022, the most successful book was James Clear’s Atomic Habits, which sold over 933,000 copies, while Bessel’s The Body Keeps the Score van der Kolk sold approximately 466,000 copies.

                  The only other major category to post an increase in sales outside of adult fiction was young adult fiction, whose sales edged up 0.4%, helped by a strong third quarter. Jenny Han was the star of the category, with four of her books tied to the hit streaming service The Summer I Turned Pretty selling around 1.1 million copies.

                  Sales of children’s fiction and non-fiction decreased by 8% and 9.9%, respectively. In children’s non-fiction, unit sales in the social situations/family/health segment saw the largest decline, dropping 19.5%, while biography/autobiography sales fell 13.6%. The only subcategory to see an increase over the nine-month period was Holidays/Festivals/Religion, where sales rose 4.8%.

                  All print formats experienced lower unit sales during the period, with the struggling mass market segment seeing an 18.4% sales decline. Sales of hardcover units fell 8.9%, much more than the 1.8% decline recorded by trade paperbacks.

                  via Publishers Weekly and NDP Bookscan

                  Ian Borg holds trade talks in Saudi Arabia


                  Foreign Minister Ian Borg was in Saudi Arabia on Sunday as he continues his tour of the Middle East.

                  After visiting the United Arab Emirates, Borg then stopped in Saudi Arabia where he met Prince Faisal bin Farhan Al Saud, the Kingdom’s foreign minister. The two men had recently met in Malta, when Borg accepted an official invitation to visit the country.

                  Oil-rich Saudi Arabia is often criticized by human rights groups, particularly after the horrific murder of journalist Jamal Khashoggi by a team of Saudi agents in October 2018.

                  Since Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman became Saudi Arabia’s de facto ruler in 2017, citizens have endured the worst period of repression in modern history, with authorities making frequent arrests targeting political dissidents, intellectuals public and human rights activists.

                  During his visit, Borg had a number of official meetings, including with Prince Faisal bin Farhan Al Saud, with the Maltese Foreign Minister saying these were a follow-up to the points of collaboration agreed in Malta few months ago. .

                  The two ministers discussed strengthening commercial collaboration between the two countries, Borg accompanied by a Maltese business delegation led by Trade Malta.

                  The business delegation met with the Saudi Arabian Chamber of Commerce, and a number of meetings took place between several Maltese companies and those in Saudi Arabia to establish a relationship that could eventually open up more possibilities for business opportunities.

                  “I hope that in the near future we can listen and announce plans to strengthen collaboration with this country,” Borg said, while reiterating the Maltese government’s commitment to continue to help Maltese businesses open up more. of opportunities.

                  Borg also had a meeting with Adel Al-Jubeir, the Minister of State for Foreign Affairs, and was also shown around the sites known as Al-Ula and Diriyah.

                  Ian Borg holds trade talks in UAE


                  Download the Newsbook app

                  Apple App Store

                  google play

                  Strategist Flyer: 10 things we loved last week


                  Photo-Illustration: The Strategist; Pictures: Retailers

                  We write about hundreds of products every week. Here in our version of the Sunday Flyer, we’ve picked out some of our recent favourites: expert-recommended essentials, life-changing things you didn’t know you needed, recently released gadgets and great bargains. that we discovered browsing the vast universe of online shopping – including a book written by a trained botanist and member of the Citizen Potawatomi Nation, an LED rainbow costume for cats and dogs, and the hairdressing tool not harmful by Nicole Scherzinger.

                  Birkenstock Tokyo Super Grip

                  According to junior Strategist writer Brenley Goertzen, Birkenstock’s suede Boston clogs have been dubbed the official cool-girl shoe of the fall, both by retailers like Free People and Urban Outfitters and by TikTok style. But as lead writer Liza Corsillo argues, the true the cool-girl shoes are the Tokios – in black specifically – which have been “worn largely by medical professionals and people in the catering industry, and these are the kitchen shoes that Carmy and Sydney wear on the hit of FX the bear.” Compared to the Bostons, the Tokios are also better equipped to handle “puddles and wet subway platforms,” ​​says Corsillo. With a plush EVA midsole, they’re designed for people who are always on their feet, plus they’re easy to slip on and off – and they’re a “less basic, more status choice.”

                  Threshold Washed Cotton Sateen Comforter and Sham Set

                  Tons of Target bedding from the retailer’s Threshold house brand are currently 20% off. Deals writer Sam Daly recommends this cotton sateen duvet set for those who “tend to get hot at night – or just have an overzealous heater.”

                  OUAI Detox Shampoo

                  After blowing cans of her favorite Living Proof dry shampoo to combat oily hair, beauty strategist writer Rio Viera-Newton discovered Ouai’s Detox Shampoo and finally kicked the habit. The culprit, as she learned, is hard water, which “contains minerals like calcium, magnesium, and sulfates” that can create “nasty buildup.” Ouai’s Detox Shampoo bonds with these harsh minerals, working to strip hair of grime. But beware: “This shampoo works best when used sparingly,” says Viera-Newton.

                  Vanicream Free & Clear Sensitive Skin Shampoo

                  Hoping to put an end to allergy-related scalp tingling (yes, it can) and flaking, strategist writer Erin Schwartz turned to Vanicream — and after a few months, their hair became healthy enough to bleach blonde hair. “Since buying the shampoo, my hair routine has gotten easier and cheaper, and reliably produces days of bouncy hair,” says Schwartz, who even bought the brand’s conditioner.

                  La Ligne x Target Whipped Stripe Cable Knit Crewneck Sweater
                  Soft Brights LED Rainbow Dog and Cat Costume
                  Keki Modern Cakes Cheesy Japanese Cheesecake

                  In Strategist Haul’s latest installment, junior writer Kitty Guo bought this Japanese cheesecake from Keki Modern Cakes in Chinatown. Guo says Japanese cheesecakes are “soft and bouncy and light as air” compared to their American counterparts, and are best enjoyed with a “cup of jasmine tea and some fresh berries.”

                  Cos Men's Ribbed Sports Socks

                  Strategist editor Tshepo Mokoena was looking for classic white tube socks when she came across these at a Cos in London. Although they’re not 100% cotton (there are synthetic fibers mixed in), these socks leave her feet feeling cool and comfortable, and they feature a “sturdy, not fluffy, and long enough to wrinkle” design. At $22 for three pairs, it’s an affordable option “for someone who wants something understated, almost Muji-esque,” says Mokoena.

                  'Braiding Sweetgrass' by Robin Wall Kimmerer

                  If you’re looking for a thoughtful gift, check out our guide to buying Indigenous-owned brands, which includes this book that was recommended to strategist writer Tembe Denton-Hurst when she spoke to experts of the best books on environmental justice. Written by Robin Wall Kimmerer, a member of the Citizen Potawatomi Nation and a botanist by training, this book combines two unique perspectives: Indigenous wisdom and science.. “Sweet grass braiding does a great job of saying, “Hey, they’re not mutually exclusive — it’s just that our ancestral form of science isn’t credited and validated by a Western perspective,” says Diandra Marizet, co-founder of the Intersectional platform. Environmentalist.

                  Hot Tools Pro Signature SteamStyler

                  When we asked Nicole Scherzinger what she can’t do without, she named this heat tool her masked singer The stylist freaked out over the health of Scherzinger’s hair after using it so much. Because it “uses 30% less heat than other styling tools,” it gives hair “more shine and less frizz,” says Scherzinger, who uses it to smooth and add waves to her lengths. .

                  The strategist is designed to surface the most useful expert recommendations on things to buy in the vast e-commerce landscape. Some of our latest conquests include the best acne treatments, rolling luggage, pillows for side sleepers, natural remedies for anxietyand bath towels. We update links when possible, but note that offers may expire and all prices are subject to change.

                  Saigon Commercial Bank provides liquidity after deposit run


                  The panic was sparked by suspicions of the bank’s links to real estate tycoon Truong My Lan arrested for financial fraud.

                  SCB has increased funds at all its transaction branches as well as deposits at the State Bank of Vietnam (SBV), the country’s central bank, to handle payments, including interbank payments, Hoan said during a briefing. a press briefing on Saturday in Ho Chi Minh City. . Hoan is in charge of the bank which currently does not have a CEO.

                  “We have also worked steadily and continuously with the SBV and relevant ministries and sectors to ensure the stability of SCB’s operations,” he said.

                  At the press conference, Vo Minh Tuan, Director of HCMC Branch of SBV, said, “We urge people not to panic and withdraw money early (before term deposits come to maturity) and lose their benefits. If the deposits are withdrawn before maturity, the interest rate is less than 1%, while the rate of a term deposit can reach 7% per annum.

                  SCB claimed that Truong My Lan, chairwoman of property developer Van Thinh Phat Group, who was arrested for alleged fraud related to the issuance and trading of bonds worth trillions of dong (1 trillion VND = $41.87 million), does not hold any managerial or executive positions with the Bank.

                  He also noted that An Dong Investment Corporation, a property company of Van Thinh Phat Group, which is linked to Truong My Lan’s violations in issuing and trading bonds, was not a shareholder in the bank.

                  The aforementioned cases have not affected the normal operations of SCB, the bank said, assuring that it has adequate solutions and resources to guarantee the rights and interests of its depositors as well as its partners and customers.

                  SCB board member Nguyen Tien Thanh, also chairman and CEO of Tan Viet Securities Joint Stock Company, died on Thursday night. He was only 50 years old. His sudden death also caused panic among depositors.

                  SBV Deputy Governor Dao Minh Tu also advised depositors on Saturday to consider the situation before deciding to withdraw their deposits, especially time deposits. He said withdrawing (time deposits) before maturity means customers will lose the interest to which they are entitled. In any situation, the central bank will maintain stable and continuous operations of the SCB and always ensure the safety of people’s deposits, Tu said.

                  SCB, merged by three banks, started official operations in January 2012. It is the largest private bank in terms of assets and one of the top 5 banks in Vietnam.

                  As of September 30, SCB had more than 4,100 shareholders, including 7 foreigners holding 27.9%, 11 domestic institutional shareholders holding 15.7% and other domestic individuals holding more than 56.11% of its share capital.

                  Delaware natives open the city’s first independent bookstore


                  DELAWARE, Ohio — For Delaware native David Griffey, it was JRR Tolkien’s classic The Hobbit that started it all.

                  “It just fired me up to love reading and hopefully in the future pursue a career in writing myself,” said Griffey, co-owner of Griffeys book store.

                  What do you want to know

                  • Delaware natives David Griffey and his fiancée Aria Maher opened their first business venture, Griffeys’ Book Emporium
                  • Owners hope to book community events and add a cafe in the near future
                  • Delaware County remains the fastest growing in the state of Ohio

                  Griffey’s future wife, Aria Maher, is a book lover and author herself.

                  So it was only a matter of time before the two teamed up and opened Griffeys’ Book Emporium, an independent bookstore specializing in rare, used, local and independent titles.

                  “On our first day of opening, people descended into sci-fi fantasy,” Maher said. “There are holes in this shelf. So we had to go online and order like a big sci-fi fantasy box.

                  The two men constantly follow trends, research collections online and sometimes come across a piece of vintage jewelry.

                  Griffey and Maher say they appreciate the support from their hometown and look forward to expanding in the future to include events and a cafe.

                  And when it comes to advice for new entrepreneurs, they say to be patient and ask for help when needed.

                  “It has been a journey for us. Things have gone wrong a lot of times and we’ve managed to pull through,” Griffey said.

                  “There are people who can help you, but you shouldn’t be afraid to reach out to them,” Maher said.

                  Griffeys’ Book Emporium is located at 4 Troy Road in Delaware.

                  Cork book lovers will be treated to a week of literary events


                  If you’re a book lover in Cork, you’re in for a week filled with interesting and intriguing literary events involving well-known authors and poets held in Cork’s many quality bookshops as part of Irish Book Week.

                  he seven-day literary festival begins across the country on Saturday with events taking place in Cork City, Macroom, Mallow, Fermoy and other venues across the rebel county.

                  First launched in 2018, Irish Book Week celebrates Irish authors, illustrators, publishers and books of interest, and the many brilliant bookshops across the country that sell them.

                  The brand ambassadors for this year’s campaign are international bestselling author, Eoin Colfer, renowned illustrator, Chris Judge, well-known writer and podcaster, Sophie White and writer and documentarian, Manchán Magan .

                  Among the events planned is a talk by environmental expert and broadcaster Éanna Ní Lamhna at Cork City’s popular bookshop, ‘Vibes and Scribes’. She will be at the store on the quays on Thursday October 20 for a reading and signing of her new book, ‘Wild and Wonderful: Around the World with Éanna’.

                  Waterstones Cork offers a week-long activity program including:

                  Sunday, October 16, 3 p.m.: A poetry reading with Victoria Kennefick and Molly Twomey

                  Tuesday 18 October 6.30pm: This year’s closing event Cork: One City, One Book with writer and documentarian, Cónal Creedon

                  Wednesday 19 October, 6.30pm: Cork City Football Club, The Game of My Life launch event

                  Thursday, October 20, 6:30 p.m. – Biographers Anne Dolan and William Murphy present ‘The Michael Collins Diaries’

                  Friday 21 October, 6.30pm – A reading by Tipperary-born author, Donal Ryan

                  Dubray on Patrick Street in Cork also announced details of two in-store events taking place during the week

                  Saturday October 18, 6.30pm – Children’s author David King will be visiting to launch his new picture book, ‘Sir Adam the Brave and the Moody Monster’.

                  Saturday, October 22, noon – Best-selling writer and novelist, Alice Taylor, will be signing copies of the new book, ‘The Nana’.

                  Other books for organizing events include Carrigaline Bookshop, Bantry Bookshop, Bookstation Douglas, Bookstation Blackpool, Bookstór, Coughlan’s Bookshop, Eason Mahon Point, Eason Ballincollig, Eason Cork City, Eason Mallow, Eason Wilton, Eason Douglas, Fermoy Books, Fitz -Gerald Bookshop, Kerr’s Bookshop, Lowercase Bookshop, Midleton Books, Philip’s Bookshop, Skibbereen Bookshop, Veritas Company Cork, Vibes & Scribes Crafts & Art Bookstore Bridge Street and Worm Books.

                  For details of events and activities taking place at Cork bookstores, keep an eye on Bookselling Ireland’s social media platforms; Facebook: @BooksellingIreland, Twitter: @BooksellingI and Instagram: @BooksellingI.

                  Author Julian Raven Reading and Book Signing In-Store/Smithsonian Expose -‘Odious and Cerberus’ At Barnes & Noble


                  Cover of new book by artist and former Trump supporter Julian Raven

                  Julian Raven Interview

                  Julian Raven, artist and author

                  The Smithsonian Institution, its origin, history and scandals are part of the odyssey of American immigrant Julian Raven and the ongoing legal war against free speech

                  …a work of art, like a self-portrait of the artist as a Protestant pilgrim. A must read for anyone interested in America, art, law, politics, or religion, or just looking for an entertaining read. »

                  — Laurence Jarvik, author and filmmaker

                  CORNING, NEW YORK, USA, Oct. 7, 2022 /EINPresswire.com/ — What is the Smithsonian Institution? Why was it created in 1846 in Washington, DC? Where does the Smithsonian’s fortune come from? Who was the founder of the Smithsonian? Who runs the Smithsonian Institution? Who is the Smithsonian Chancellor?

                  These are some of the questions that will be answered at author Julian Raven’s book event taking place Saturday, October 22, beginning at 1:00 p.m. and ending at 3:00 p.m. at Barnes and Noble in Elmira, New York. (Consumer Square Plaza 821, County Rd 64, Elmira, NY 14903.) Raven’s new book “Odious and Cerberus: An American Immigrant’s Odyssey and his Free-Speech Legal War against Smithsonian Corruption” is part memoir and part story of his freedom. trial for speech against the Smithsonian. The event at Barnes and Noble includes book readings, presentations, a question and answer session and a book signing. This is a free event open to the public without the need to make a reservation. Copies of Raven’s new book will be available for sale at the event or online through Barnes and Noble, Amazon and other major book retailers.

                  Raven’s odyssey, contained in her book, has been well documented in the press, including the prestigious and widely read Washington DC glossy magazine, The Washingtonian. Washingtonian Editor-in-Chief Andrew Beaujon’s recent September 28, 2022 article sheds light on the current and ongoing legal war against the Smithsonian Institution.

                  Other ongoing interviews regarding “Odious and Cerberus” can be viewed on the media page at www.odiousandcerberus.com.

                  What people say about Odious and Cerberus:

                  “Raven’s story touches the very heart of America’s founding values, namely freedom for all…” Craig Shirley, acclaimed historian, author and biographer of Ronald Reagan

                  “…a funny, revealing and entertaining story of one man’s struggle against overwhelming odds.” Laurence Jarvik, director and author of the talk’-
                  “PBS: Behind the Screen”

                  “Odious and Cerberus by Julian Raven is as timely a book as it gets.”
                  Dr. Richard Von Sternberg, evolutionary biologist and Smithsonian controversial subject of the documentary ‘Expelled: No Intelligence Allowed by Ben Stein

                  “Your work is brilliant, no wonder the Smithsonian stiffed you!”
                  Bill Donohue, The Catholic League

                  “Anyone who loves David and Goliath stories should read Julian Raven’s Odious and Cerberus.” Scott Douglas Gerber, professor of law at Ohio Northern University and author of, among other things, A Distinct Judicial Power:
                  The origins of an independent judiciary, 1606-1787

                  “Julian tells the epic of a vision quest…part Ulysses, part Don Quixote…”
                  Jim Boden, Professor Emeritus, Coker College, South Carolina

                  “Julian Raven is an 18 wheeler that crashes through our fearful barriers. Odious and Cerberus is a powerful love letter to America. Ashok Panikkar, founder, meta-culture, thought and human engagement

                  “Bold!, Entertaining!…Raven’s love for God and her country is inspiring!”
                  Dr. Cary Shaw, school principal at Twin Tiers Christian Academy,
                  Breesport, New York

                  “The writing is crisp, clear, and heartfelt. It’s a deeply personal account of his thoughts, actions, and battles with bureaucracy. It’s a long read at 456 pages but moves quickly, and you roll with him. Mr. Raven is a committed Christian. His life activities and words are imbued with strong religious beliefs and Christian connotations. Audrey Hoffer, writer and freelance journalist

                  Julien Raven
                  The Raven Society
                  write to us here
                  Visit us on social media:

                  Julan Raven on Andrew Wilkow TV Show Discusses His New Book ‘Odious and Cerberus’

                  Top 5 Collectibles to Revolutionize the Souvenir Industry in 2023: Market Decipher


                  PUNE, India, October 6, 2022 /PRNewswire/ — MarketDecipher.com has revamped the “Collectibles market sizestatistics, growth trend analysis and forecast report, 2022 – 2032“predicted collectibles industry size over the forecast period for 5 potential industry commodities. Decipher the market completely overhauled the massive collections industry database in October 2022 covering country-level analysis and statistics. The latest information and forecasts have revealed new areas of profitability. NFT Fantasy Sports, NFT Trading Cards and Sports NFT collectibles are new sensations in the industry among the best products.

                  Market decryption logo

                  Complete Collectibles Industry: https://www.marketdecipher.com/report/collectibles-market

                  The collectible toy market:

                  The collectible toy market is bright and booming. The market amounted to $12.5 billion in 2021, with the growth of internet and social media, the market is expected to reach $35.3 billion by 2032, with a CAGR of 10.2%. Growing adult interest is the major factor driving the demand for collectible toys. Collectible toys including old cartoon character dolls such as barbie dolls, cabbage dolls, transformer toys, mama dolls, Raggedy Ann & Andy, and others are some of the most popular collectible toys and most wanted as the adults who played with them began to rebuild. their childhood collections.

                  Strategic developments in the market:

                  • VeeFriends, created by a serial entrepreneur Gary Vaynerchukis set to launch its first-ever limited series of collectible characters exclusively at Macy’s and Toys”R” Us®.

                  • McDonald’s has announced its collaboration with streetwear brand Cactus Plant Flea Market for a new happy meal for adults featuring nostalgic collectible toys.

                  Get this search: https://www.marketdecipher.com/report/toy-collectibles-market

                  NFT Collectibles Market:

                  NFT collectible tokens saw 1785% growth in business cap growth in three months from January to March 2021. The first half of 2021 witnessed $2.5 billion in sales. The NFT collectibles market includes Sports NFTs, Music NFTs, Art NFTs, and Movie Avatar NFTs. The NFT Sports Collections Market has witnessed the fastest growth and is valued at $2.6 billion in 2022. Movie Avatars NFT launched in 2021 when Warner Bros. has partnered with Nifty. The NFT Avatar market is flooded with fans of CrytoPunks, the most revenue-generating project, with a sale of $1.3 billion.

                  Strategic developments in the market:

                  • Minti Laboratoriesannounces an exclusive partnership with Dapper Wallet, the market leader in digital collectibles, including leading sports organizations, leagues and entertainment companies such as NFL All Day, NBA Top Shot, UFC Strike, and more.

                  • In conjunction with IGG Games, SmileyWorld-branded NFT digital items are set to appear in Lords Mobile for a limited-time event beginning September 30, 2022which includes collectible NFTs for players powered by Epik Prime.

                  Get this search: https://www.marketdecipher.com/report/digital-collectibles-market

                  Sports memorabilia market:

                  The sports memorabilia market has grown rapidly thanks to e-commerce sites and online auctions. The core market for non-NFT sports memorabilia and trading cards is estimated at $12.2 billion in 2021 and growing at a CAGR of 21.8%. A Babe Ruth uniform has been sold for more than $5.6 million And two Jackie Robinson contracts, including that of the minor league Montreal Royals, have been assessed and insured for $36 million. Football dominates the market with $2.5 billion in sales considering only souvenir sales. The United States of America and China dictate 65% of the souvenir market.

                  Strategic developments in the market:

                  • Fanatics, a leading sports memorabilia company, is strongly involved in the acquisition and investments in the sportswear collectibles segment and recently secured Major League Baseball and NFL Players Association rights.

                  • The International Cricket Council (ICC) and Fanatics, a leading provider of licensed sporting goods and global digital sports platform, have announced a new partnership to leverage global footprint and cutting-edge technology of Fanatics to better serve cricket fans around the world. world.

                  Get this search: https://www.marketdecipher.com/report/sports-collectibles-market

                  Sports NFT Market:

                  The Sports NFT market doubled in 2022, valuing it at $2.6 billion compared to 2021 and is expected to grow further at a CAGR of 36.6%. Sports NFTs include cards, props, collectibles, music videos, and images. The NFT Trading Card Market has seen the fastest growth and is expected to grow further as people collect them as a hobby and others resell them for higher prices. Accessories like t-shirts, caps, watches, shoes, and glasses are very popular, and the digitization of these accessories in NFT makes them even more unique and constantly increases their price in the market. Video NFTs are created by sports organizations when they tokenize a video clip or image and sell it to generate huge revenue.

                  NFT trading cards also provide holders with benefits such as gameplay in NFT games, exclusive access to events and more. Because NFT Trading Cards are digital, they stand up to general wear and tear. This effectively eliminates the risk of damage, loss and theft. Fantasy Sports NFT is a new trend in the industry that attracts strategic attempts by companies.

                  Strategic developments in the market:

                  • liverpool The football club is deepening its ties with the crypto world by expanding a partnership with French blockchain-based sports startup Sorare.

                  • The NBA and NBPA have entered into a multi-year agreement with Sorare to be their official NFT fantasy partner in a deal that will combine NFT and fantasy basketball.

                  Get this search: https://www.marketdecipher.com/report/sports-nft-market

                  Sports Trading Card Market:

                  The global sports trading card market is driven by significant technological advancements in the field of trading cards. The The sports trading card market is estimated at $12.93 billion in 2021 and growing at a CAGR of 13%. The North American region holds the largest market share, followed by the European region. China and India are part of two of the largest emerging markets, offering lucrative opportunities for business expansion in the sports trading card industry. The 1909 Honus Wagner T206 SGC 3 card was sold for $6.6 million and in 2022, Heritage Auctions sold a Mickey Mantle baseball card for $12.6 million.

                  Strategic developments in the market:

                  • New York Yankees Icon Derek Jeter launched a new trading card platform called Arena Club as the sports collectibles boom attracts new investors.

                  • PWCC Marketplace got $175 million to create cash for its trade finance business, which allows sports trading cards to be used as collateral for cash advances and loans.

                  Get this search: https://www.marketdecipher.com/report/sports-trading-cards-market

                  Full list of collectibles we researched:

                  Custom research on specific/targeted collectibles can be obtained upon request.

                  Submit your request here: https://www.marketdecipher.com/contact.php

                  Contact :
                  David Correa
                  Deciphering Business Insights Pvt. ltd.
                  Zen Business Center,
                  Wakad, Mumbai- bangalore Highway,
                  Pune – 411057, Maharashtra
                  Website: www.marketdecipher.com

                  Logo: https://mma.prnewswire.com/media/1854377/Market_Decipher_Logo.jpg



                  Show original content:https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/top-5-collectibles-product-to-revolutionize-the-memorabilia-industry-in-2023-market-decipher-301642417.html

                  Decryption of the SOURCE market

                  Valdosta State University Announces Fall 2022 Scholars | Lifestyles


                  VALDOSTA, Ga. — Valdosta State University is offering scholarships to more than 350 currently enrolled, incoming freshman, and transfer students for the first half of the 2022-2023 academic year. These scholarships were created by private donors and are awarded annually by VSU Foundation Inc. to students with excellent academic standing and/or students in financial need. Each recipient represents the high standards of the university.

                  Recipients of Moultrie Area Scholarships include:

                  • Da’Naiza Williams of Moultrie was awarded the Antonio and Edna Criscuolo Scholarship.
                  • Emily McCord de Moultrie received the Belk Hudson Management Fellowship.
                  • Rebecca Green of Hartsfield received the Colquitt EMC Fellowship.
                  • Rebecca Tomlinson of Hartsfield received the Colquitt EMC Fellowship.
                  • Turner Castleberry from Moultrie was awarded the Colquitt EMC Fellowship.
                  • Ashley Charles de Moultrie received the Colquitt EMC Fellowship.
                  • Katie DeMott from Moultrie received the Colquitt EMC Fellowship.
                  • Ariel Dudding de Moultrie received the Colquitt EMC Fellowship.
                  • Hayden Roberts from Moultrie was awarded the Colquitt EMC Fellowship.
                  • Shelby Mackie of Norman Park received the Colquitt EMC Fellowship.
                  • Ella Roberts of Norman Park received the Colquitt EMC Fellowship.
                  • Josie Wade of Norman Park received the Colquitt EMC Fellowship.
                  • Pavo’s Amber Booker received Recruitment and Retention from the Georgia Power Foundation.
                  • Abby Taylor de Moultrie received the Mary Virginia Terry Fellowship and the Georgia Gulf Sulfur Fellowship.
                  • Mira Patel de Moultrie received the Melvene Hardee Fellowship.
                  • Moultrie’s Tucker Prestridge was awarded the Valdosta Symphony Orchestra Fellowship and the Kay Jennett Chair Fellowship.
                  • Samantha Salazar-Perez from Berlin received the VSU Follett Bookstore Scholarship.
                  • Daisy Juarez de Moultrie received the VSU Follett Bookstore Scholarship.
                  • Desiree Walden of Ochlocknee was awarded the VSU Follett Bookstore Scholarship.
                  • Emily Baker of Moultrie received the WR and Dorothy Salter scholarship.
                  • Jonathan Pacheco of Moultrie received the WR and Dorothy Salter scholarship.
                  • Jonathan Santana-Pacheco de Moultrie received the WR and Dorothy Salter scholarship.
                  • Jennifer Anaya de Moultrie received the Wine and Spirits Wholesalers of Georgia scholarship.

                  Take a new “to-do” approach to adopting AI


                  Although interest in artificial intelligence (AI) has passed in the past, market experts believe it is here to stay. The constant fluctuations in supply and demand have convinced everyone of the urgency of bringing more predictability and responsiveness to their business. But is AI positioned for the best ROI and organizational adoption?

                  In a recent academic paper, retail experts offer a new approach to applying AI technology to retail. Instead of implementing individual AI solutions on a siled, function-by-function basis, the authors recommend leveraging Clayton Christensen and Michael E. Raynor‘s jobs-to-be-done (JTBD) from their book, The innovator’s solution. This approach emphasizes that AI technology should focus on important jobs or purposes rather than a specific step in the retail value chain.

                  According to the authors, the traditional adoption of AI technologies has been driven by the business function, resulting in fragmented AI technologies that are limited to satisfying these functional goals while ignoring broader business goals. company.

                  For example, inventory management and distribution belong to supply chain, logistics, transportation, and vendors who are responsible for the movement of products to the store. Technologies for demand forecasting, allocation and replenishment functions are implemented to support these objectives.

                  The community of ABQ booksellers mourns the “patriarch” of trade

                  Jerry Lane, owner of Book Stop, pictured at his location in Washington and Lomas in 2013. (Dean Hanson/Journal)

                  Book Stop owner Jerry Lane often had a stack of books that weren’t for sale. When the bookseller came across a book he thought someone would like, he put it aside and often offered it to them for free.

                  “He was generous,” said private bookseller Ed Ripp. “He wanted good books in people’s hands.”

                  A lover of murder mysteries, Lane was the “patriarch” of the Albuquerque bookstore, said Mark Holmen, owner of BookMark and organizer of the Albuquerque Book Fair. Lane died Sept. 23 after a year of declining health, according to Ripp. He was 78 years old.

                  “He was as nice a guy as any of us have ever met,” said Nick Potter, owner of Nicholas Potter Books in Santa Fe. “He was generous in heart and spirit on so many levels. .”

                  They became friends right after Lane opened his second-hand bookstore, and although their businesses were in different cities, they both visited each other’s stores frequently.

                  Lane once gave him a paperback copy of A man called Ove by Fredrik Backman, says Potter.

                  “It was a fictional book that lifted my spirits, and I passed it on to a friend who was in the hospital and needed to lift my spirits,” Potter said.

                  The couple eventually tracked down the movie version and watched it.

                  “When you interacted with Jerry, you were better off,” Potter said.

                  Jerry Lane, stroking his cat, Olga, who was a staple for many years when the book stopped in 1995. (Dean Hanson/Journal)

                  Lane was born on February 8, 1944 in San Diego, California. He didn’t always work in the books; the businessman served in the Air Force for several years, Ripp said. He later owned a cafe in Haight-Ashbury, San Francisco, before becoming a traveling gift card salesman. Lane moved to Tucson in 1973, where he was introduced to the book business by Laurie Allen, who owned a Book Stop location in Tucson and helped Lane open his own open store in Albuquerque. Lane opened the bookstore in 1979.

                  Ripp met Lane shortly after Chicago native Ripp moved to Albuquerque in 2009. When the beer boom hit the town several years ago, Ripp and Lane tried new bars every week. Ripp, a craft beer fan, said he gained 15 pounds that year.

                  Rachel Hess worked for Lane for five years in the mid-1980s. She said he could talk to anyone about anything. Eventually, Lane pushed her to open her own bookstore – which she did in 1989.

                  “He used to help his competitors,” Hess said. “He was like, ‘Rachel, it’s time to open up your space and spread your own wings.'”

                  Lane gave Hess a wall of bookshelves to start Rachel’s books. She was one of many former Lane employees who went on to open their own bookstores. Hess has since closed the bookstore after having her third child.

                  Although Lane originally opened Book Stop in Nob Hill, the bookstore has had many homes over the years. Book Stop eventually landed in Washington and Lomas, before Lane closed brick and mortar in 2015. But Lane later reopened at 1512 Girard NE over a year ago, with a sign to this day saying ” open by appointment or luck.”

                  Jerry Lane pictured in 2009 standing outside the Book Stop, which he opened in 1979. (Richard Pipes/Journal)

                  Potter said the essence of the store never changed.

                  “I think the change was more the address than the business,” Potter said. “I think Jerry was consistent in the books he wanted to manage: good books at fair prices.”

                  Ripp said that in the 13 years he’s known Lane, Lane’s store has changed locations about five times. Each time, he carried his own books to the new location. And, every few months, Lane would haul a truckload of unsold books to donate to a library in California — no small feat, Ripp said.

                  “I’ve been lifting and moving books for 30 years, it’s not fun,” Ripp said.

                  Lane had a good sense of humor and never stayed mad for long.

                  “He was a great storyteller, a joke teller – such a positive person,” Potter said. “He just stood up for good things as far as I’m concerned.”

                  A man once stole a book from Book Stop, Potter said. Lane ran after the man; although he was unsuccessful, the incident was covered by local news and a witness described an “old man running after him”. Potter said Lane thought the description was hilarious.

                  “He was a staple of the book scene here,” Ripp said. “He was a force for good and the type of bookseller he was is a dying breed.”

                  A memorial is planned for October 29 at the Girard Book Stop location.

                  Lane is survived by a sister in California.

                  “The bookstore world in Albuquerque and the world in general are much smaller places with Jerry’s passing,” Ripp said. “…He was a beloved man, and I will miss him terribly.”

                  Credit Suisse will remain ‘under pressure’, but analysts wary of Lehman comparison


                  A Swiss flag flies over a Credit Suisse sign in Bern, Switzerland

                  FABRICE COFFRINI | AFP | Getty Images

                  Credit Suisse shares briefly fell to an all-time low on Monday while credit default swaps hit a record high as market jitters about the Swiss bank’s future became abundantly clear.

                  Shares continued to rally on Tuesday from the previous session’s low of 3.60 Swiss francs ($3.64), but were still down more than 53% on the year.

                  The troubled lender is embarking on a massive strategic review under a new CEO following a series of scandals and risk management failures, and will update on its progress alongside its results quarterly on October 27.

                  Credit Suisse’s credit default swaps — derivatives that serve as a sort of insurance contract against a company defaulting on its debt — soared to a spread of more than 300 basis points on Monday, well above that of the rest of the sector.

                  Credit Suisse CEO Ulrich Koerner last week sought to reassure staff of the Swiss bank’s “strong capital base and liquidity position” amid market concerns and an increase in swaps on failure.

                  In an internal memo sent to staff last week, Koerner promised them regular updates during this “challenging time” and said Credit Suisse was “on track” with its strategic review.

                  “I know it’s not easy to stay focused amidst the many stories you read in the media – especially given the many factually inaccurate statements being made. That said, I hope you don’t confuse not our day-to-day performance with the bank’s strong capital base and liquidity position,” Koerner said.

                  Based on Credit Suisse’s weaker return on equity profile compared to its European investment banking counterparts, US investment research firm CFRA on Monday lowered its price target for the stock to 3, 50 Swiss francs ($3.54) per share, compared to 4.50 francs.

                  That reflects a price-to-book ratio of 0.2x versus a European investment bank average of 0.44x, CFRA equity analyst Firdaus Ibrahim said in a note on Monday. The CFRA also lowered its forecast for earnings per share to -0.30 francs against -0.20 francs for 2022, and to 0.60 francs against 0.65 francs for 2023.

                  A price-to-book ratio measures the market value of a company’s stock relative to its equity book value, while earnings per share divides a company’s earnings by the outstanding shares of its common stock.

                  “The many options allegedly being considered by CS, including exiting the US investment bank, creating a ‘bad bank’ to hold risky assets and raising capital, indicate that a major overhaul is needed. to straighten out the bank, in our view,” Ibrahim said.

                  “We believe the negative sentiment surrounding the stock will not subside any time soon and believe its share price will continue to be under pressure. A compelling restructuring plan will help, but we remain skeptical given its poor track record in past restructuring plans.”

                  Despite general market negativity towards its stock, Credit Suisse is only Europe’s eighth-shortest bank, with 2.42% of its free-float shares used to bet against it on Monday, according to data analytics firm S3. Partners.

                  “Still a lot of value” at Credit Suisse

                  The three major credit rating agencies – Moody’s, S&P and Fitch – now have a negative outlook on Credit Suisse, and Johann Scholtz, equity analyst at DBRS Morningstar, told CNBC on Tuesday that this was likely to be behind the downturn. widening of CDS spreads.

                  He noted that Credit Suisse is a “very well capitalized bank” and that the capitalization is “at worst in line with its peers”, but the main danger would be a situation similar to that experienced by well capitalized banks during the financial crisis. of 2008, where customers were reluctant to deal with financial institutions for fear of a domino effect and counterparty risk.

                  No solvency problems for Credit Suisse, analyst says

                  “Banks being highly leveraged entities are much more exposed to client sentiment and, importantly, funding providers, and it is the challenge for Credit Suisse to navigate that delicate path between considering interest providers, especially wholesale funding, and then also the interests of equity investors,” Scholtz said.

                  “I think a lot of investors will explain why the bank needs to raise capital if solvency is not an issue? But it’s really to address the negative sentiment and especially the issue…in terms of the perception of counterparties.”

                  Scholtz dismissed the idea that a ‘Lehman moment’ could be on the horizon for Credit Suisse, pointing to the fact that the markets knew there were ‘serious problems’ with Lehman Brothers’ balance sheet at the time. approaching the 2008 crisis, and that “serious write-downs” were necessary.

                  “While there is potential for further writedowns to be announced by Credit Suisse at the end of the month when it releases its results, nothing is publicly available at this time that indicates these writedowns will be sufficient to actually cause solvency issues for Credit Suisse,” Scholtz said.

                  “The other thing that’s very different from the Great Financial Crisis – and it’s not just Credit Suisse – is that not only are their capital levels much higher, but you also have witnessed a complete overhaul of the structure of bank capitalization, something like the redeemable debt that comes along, also improves the solvency outlook for banks.”

                  Citi says in a new note that concerns about Credit Suisse

                  The bank’s share price has fallen more than 73% in the past five years, and such a dramatic fall has understandably led to speculation of market consolidation, while some of the market chatter before the October 27 announcement focused on a possible separation. the difficult functioning of investment banking and capital markets.

                  However, he claimed there is “still a lot of value” at Credit Suisse in terms of the sum of its parts.

                  “Its wealth management business is still a decent business, and if you look at the kind of multiples that its peers – especially the standalone wealth management peers – are trading, then you can make a very strong case for deep value. in the name,” he added.

                  Scholtz rejected the idea of ​​a consolidation of Credit Suisse with its national rival UBS on the grounds that the Swiss regulator was unlikely to give it the green light, and also suggested that a sale of the investment bank would be difficult to achieve.

                  “The challenge is that in the current environment, you don’t really want to be a seller if you’re at Credit Suisse. The market knows you’re under pressure, so trying to sell an investment banking business under the current circumstances going to be very difficult,” he said.

                  “The other thing is that while it may address concerns about risk, it’s very unlikely that they’ll sell this business for anything close to a profit, so you’re not going to raise capital by selling this company.”

                  TRxADE HEALTH, INC. Taps Advisory Board Member and Executive


                  TAMPA, FL, Oct. 03, 2022 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — TRxADE HEALTH, INC. (NASDAQ: MEDS) (“TRxADE” or the “Company”), a healthcare information technology company focused on digitizing the retail pharmacy experience by optimizing the drug supply, prescription journey and Patient Engagement in the United States, today announced the appointment of Mr. Jeff Newell to the Society’s Board of Directors. Prior to his appointment to the Board of Directors, Mr. Newell served on the Company’s Advisory Board. Mr. Newell will serve as a strategic resource for TRxADE as it continues to develop its business relationships in the industry.

                  “We are delighted to transition industry expert Mr. Newell from our advisory board to our board of directors, and we look forward to working with him to create value for shareholders,” said Suren Ajjarapu, Chairman of the Board, who continued, “We are committed to driving long-term growth and we believe we have the leadership in place to achieve this goal. We also believe that the background and experience that Mr. Newell brings to TRxADE will be invaluable and we expect to benefit from having access to Mr. . Newell expertise. We are excited about this new relationship.”

                  “TRxADE is a leader in pharmaceutical trading platforms with innovative and market-leading technologies, and we believe the company is well positioned to take advantage of multiple opportunities,” said Donald Fell, Chairman of the Nominating Committee and Corporate Governance of TRxADE, who continued, “As a member of the Board of Directors, we anticipate that Mr. Newell will work with the other directors and the management team to improve the value of the company for all We believe Mr. Newell’s track record shows that his involvement on boards has often created significant value for all shareholders and we hope that will continue with TRxADE.”

                  Mr. Fell added, “Given Mr. Newell’s extensive experience and knowledge in the field of pharmaceutical retail distribution, I believe Mr. Newell will be an extremely valuable resource to the Board and the company in the future.

                  About I f Newiel:

                  Mr. Newell is an accomplished CEO with over forty years of experience in the healthcare industry and a proven track record of growing profitable organizations through strategic initiatives and team development. highly performing. Mr. Newell is skilled in the areas of operations, patient engagement, compliance, regulatory affairs, quality measurement, supply chain and product sourcing. Mr. Newell is a strong entrepreneurial professional with a Bachelor of Science (BS) with a focus in pharmacy from the Albany College of Pharmacy & Health Sciences. Mr. Newell has held a variety of leadership positions including President and Chief Executive Officer of the Newell Group, Chief Executive Officer of Pharmacy Quality Solutions, Vice President of Pharmacy Administration and Chief Compliance Officer of Sears Holding /Kmart Pharmacy, and Senior Vice President of Operations and Chief Compliance Officer of Millennium. Pharmacy systems. As part of his long career in healthcare and pharmacy, Mr. Newell served as Director of Pharmacy Programs/Manager of Regulatory Affairs at CVS. Throughout his career, Mr. Newell has served on numerous national, state and local boards within the healthcare industry.

                  Mr. Newell is retired and remains active in the industry through his consulting firm. He consults with a number of companies and individuals and leverages his expertise and extensive network to improve performance.

                  About TRxADE HEALTH, Inc.

                  TRxADE HEALTH, Inc. (NASDAQ: MEDS) is a healthcare information technology company focused on digitizing the retail pharmacy experience by optimizing the drug supply, prescription journey and patient engagement at United States. The company operates the TRxADE drug supply marketplace serving a total of 13,815+ members nationwide, promoting price transparency and under the Bonum Health brand, offering patient-centric telehealth and tele-vet. For more information about TRxADE Health, please visit the company’s IR website at investor.trxadehealth.com.

                  Forward-looking statements

                  This press release may contain forward-looking statements, including information about management’s view of TRxADE’s future expectations, plans and prospects, within the meaning of federal securities laws, including the safe harbor provisions. under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In particular, when used in the foregoing discussion, the words “may”, “might”, “expect”, “intend” , “plan”, “seek”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “estimate”, “predict”, “potential”, “continue”, “probable”, “will”, “would” and variations of these terms and similar expressions, or the negative of these terms or similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. All statements made in this press release other than statements of historical fact, regarding an action, event or development, are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which may cause the results of TRxADE, its divisions and concepts to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these statements. These risks include risks related to agreements with third parties, including Wakefern Food Corp., Coborn’s and Galt Pharmaceuticals; our ability to raise funds in the future, and the availability and terms of such funding, including potential dilution therefrom; our ability to continue as a going concern; the anticipated benefits, expected users and projected revenues of our business with Exchange Health; amounts we owe and may owe Exchange Health in connection with the arrangement with Exchange Health; security interests under certain of our credit agreements; the fact that we are exploring strategic alternatives for our subsidiary Bonum Health, Inc.; our ability to maintain the listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market, including our current non-compliance with the Nasdaq Capital Market Continuous Listing Standards; risks associated with our unprofitable operations; the commercial viability of new lines of business, applications, products and technologies, and the costs of such items; the Company’s share buyback program; adoption of the Company’s product offerings; claims relating to alleged violations of the intellectual property rights of others; our ability to monetize our technology solutions; technical problems with our websites, applications and products; risks relating to the implementation of our acquisition strategies; pharmaceutical supply chain challenges posted by the COVID-19 pandemic and related matters; our ability to manage our growth; adverse effects on our operations associated with the opioid painkiller health crisis; risks relating to regulatory requirements and licenses; risks related to changes in the US healthcare environment; the state of our information systems, facilities and distribution networks; risks associated with the operations of our more established competitors; regulatory changes; new competitors who may have more resources than us; increased direct-to-consumer drug sales; healthcare fraud; COVID-19, governmental responses thereto, economic downturns and rising inflation and possible resulting recessions; changes in laws or regulations relating to our operations; privacy laws; system errors; dependence on current management; our growth strategy; the dilution that may be caused by future offerings; increases in inflation and interest rates, including the resulting increase in funding costs; supply chain issues caused by, among other things, recessions and global conflicts; and others that are included from time to time in TRxADE’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including, but not limited to, the “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Factors Statement” in its Form 10-Ks and Form 10-Qs and in its Form 8-K, which it has filed, and files from time to time, with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), and our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. These reports are available at www.sec.gov. Other unknown or unpredictable factors could also materially adversely affect TRxADE’s future results and/or could cause our actual results and financial condition to differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements included in this press release speak only as of the date hereof. TRxADE cannot guarantee future results, activity levels, performance or achievements. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any of these forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, new information or future events, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting the forward-looking statements, except to the extent required by applicable laws. If we update one or more forward-looking statements, no conclusion should be drawn that we will make additional updates with respect to such or other forward-looking statements.

                  Investor Relations:
                  [email protected]

                  Concord events: book talks, sales; walk in his shoes; Arts and crafts; After


                  CONCORD, NH – Looking to spend an evening with friends? Below we’ve included some of this week’s top events at Concord. Here’s a roundup of local events coming to the area this week.

                  Tip: If you’re hosting an event and want to see it in the next roundup, you can add it to the calendar using this form. As always, it’s free to post an event in your community. To reach more people, you can promote your event and share it nearby for $2 per day per community.

                  Here are all of this week’s events in and near Concord:

                  GoodLife Book Sale

                  • When: Monday, October 3 at 9:00 a.m.
                  • Where: GoodLife programs and activities
                  • What: Location: GoodLife, 254 N. State St, Unit L, Concord (Smokestack Center) Date/Time: October 3-14 (closed weekends and 10/10) Cost/Registration: FREE! Open to the public, rain or shine! Sponsored by: Harvard Pilgrim Check out this great opportunity: bring your used books for…

                  Gibson’s Book Club reads Parable of the Sower, by Octavia Butler

                  • When: Monday, October 3 at 5:30 p.m.
                  • Where: Gibson Bookstore
                  • What: This month, Gibson’s Book Club is reading Octavia Butler’s Parable of the Sower. When global climate change and economic crises lead to social chaos in the early 2020s, California becomes fraught with danger, and from pervasive water scarcity to masses of vagabonds who will do anything… Read More

                  GoodLife Book Sale

                  • When: Tuesday, October 4 at 9:00 a.m.
                  • Where: GoodLife programs and activities
                  • What: Location: GoodLife, 254 N. State St, Unit L and Concord (Smokestack Center) Date/Time: October 3-14 (closed weekends and 10/10) Cost/Registration: FREE! Open to the public rain or shine! Sponsored by: Harvard Pilgrim Check out this great opportunity – bring your used books during… Read more

                  Community inauguration event

                  • When: Tuesday, October 4 at 11 a.m.
                  • Where: Bicentennial Square
                  • What: Breezeline is proud to announce the grand opening of a new customer service center in the city of Concord! Join us on Tuesday, October 4 from 11 a.m. to 1 p.m. at Concord’s Bicentennial Plaza, where there will be food, pumpkin painting, games, and live music from a local DJ at the Concord… Learn more

                  Dungeons & Dragons

                  • When: Tuesday, October 4 at 4:00 p.m.
                  • Where: Concord Public Library
                  • What: Join us for these introductory sessions of our Dungeons & Dragons curriculum as we create characters and learn how to play the game. Beginners and experts alike welcome! Space is limited, so be sure to register at www.concordpubliclibrary.net/librarycalendar Learn more

                  scrap wire wreath

                  • When: Tuesday, October 4 at 6:00 p.m.
                  • Where: Concord Public Library
                  • What: Create a fall wreath using styrofoam balls and scrap yarn! Space is limited. Registration is mandatory. concordpubliclibrary.net/librarycalendar Find out more

                  Pour Me Another: 250 Ways to Find Your Favorite Beverage – with JM Hirsch

                  • When: Tuesday, October 4 at 6:30 p.m.
                  • Where: Gibson Bookstore
                  • What: JM Hirsch, Editorial Director of Milk Street Magazine, James Beard Award-winning food and travel writer and former national food editor for the Associated Press, visits the Gibson Bookstore to launch his new cocktail cookbook, For Me Another: 250 Ways to Find Your Fa… Read more

                  Restorative Yoga, Reiki, Meditation

                  • When: Tuesday, October 4 at 7:00 p.m.
                  • Where: Blossom Yoga & Wellness
                  • What: He is back!!! Join us at Blossom Yoga for a four week series of restorative yoga focused on relaxation, relaxation and self-care!! Learn more

                  GoodLife Book Sale

                  • When: Wednesday, October 5 at 9:00 a.m.
                  • Where: GoodLife programs and activities
                  • What: Location: GoodLife, 254 N. State St, Unit L, Concord (Smokestack Center) Date/Time: October 3-14 (closed weekends and 10/10) Cost/registration: FREE! Open to the public rain or shine! Sponsored by: Harvard Pilgrim Check out this great opportunity – bring your used books during… Read more

                  Outdoor story time in the park

                  • When: Wednesday, October 5 at 9:30 a.m.
                  • Where: Keach Park/Heights Playground
                  • What: This course includes stories, finger games and songs, all designed to reinforce children’s reading or pre-reading skills. Space is limited. Please register at www.concordpubliclibrary.net/librarycalendar Learn more

                  painting a barn quilt

                  • When: Wednesday, October 5 at 10 a.m.
                  • Where: Osher Lifelong Learning Institute at Granite State College
                  • What: You don’t need a barn to flaunt a barn quilt. These large quilt-like wood paintings can be found hanging on interior walls, outside homes, on fences, sheds, and even chicken coops. In this class you will paint your very own 2 x 2 foot barn quilt in Ohio Sta… Read more

                  The 8th Annual One Mile Walk in Their Shoes

                  • When: Wednesday, October 5 at 4:30 p.m.
                  • Where: New Hampshire State House
                  • What: Each October, on the first Wednesday of the month, the Central New Hampshire Crisis Center hosts Walk a Mile in Their Shoes (WAM). WAM is a lighthearted event to raise awareness of very serious issues – domestic, sexual and gender-based violence. We walk to show solidarity, … Read more

                  From CSR to ESG: ensuring the success of companies and communities

                  • When: Wednesday, October 5 at 6:00 p.m.
                  • Where: Mara Auditorium, University of Southern New Hampshire, Manchester, NH, 03106
                  • What: How will adapting corporate social responsibility (CSR) and environment, social and governance (ESG) principles in the workplace affect the future of work? Kevin Cassidy, Director and Representative to Bretton Woods and Multilateral Organizations at the International Laboratory… Read more

                  Jersey Tenors

                  • When: Wednesday, October 5 at 7:30 p.m.
                  • Where: Concord City Auditorium
                  • What: The Walker Lecture Series invites you to The Jersey Tenors The Jersey Tenors perform opera classics as well as tributes to rock ‘n’ roll greats such as Queen, Journey and Elton John. These four charming “wise men” also pay homage to the songs of their New Jersey brothers, in… Read more

                  Chuck Douglas Presents The King of Philadelphia’s Little Italy: CCA Baldi and His Brothers

                  • When: Wednesday, October 5 at 7:30 p.m.
                  • Where: Gibson Bookstore
                  • What: Come hear Chuck Douglas take us back to turn of the century Philadelphia and hear the incredible immigrant success story of CCA Baldi, the King of Little Italy, and his brothers as they build a business empire while opening the path to success for the Italian … Read more

                  GoodLife Book Sale

                  • When: Thursday, October 6 at 9:00 a.m.
                  • Where: GoodLife programs and activities
                  • What: Location: GoodLife, 254 N. State St, Unit L, Concord (Smokestack Center) Date/Time: October 3-14 (closed weekends and 10/10) Cost/registration: FREE! Open to the public rain or shine! Sponsored by: Harvard Pilgrim Check out this great opportunity – bring your used books during… Read more

                  Understanding Wills

                  • When: Thursday, October 6 at 3:00 p.m.
                  • Where: GoodLife programs and activities
                  • What: Instructor: Tina Annis, Annis & Zellers Date/Time: Thursday, October 6, 3-4 p.m. Cost/Registration: FREE! You must register before October 5 at 12 p.m. GoodLife will email you the Zoom link a day or two before class. ***Online registrations will be for live classes via Zoo… Learn more

                  Renee Plodzik, cookbook author – Eat well, move often, stay strong

                  • When: Thursday, October 6 at 6:30 p.m.
                  • Where: Gibson Bookstore
                  • What: Concord author Renee Plodzik, APRN, visits Gibson Bookstore for a celebration of her cookbook, Eat Well Move Often Stay Strong! Plodzik is the energetic founder and unstoppable trainer of fit4acause, a donation-only fitness and wellness program that raises funds and awareness… Read More

                  Civil Air Patrol Open House

                  • When: Thursday, October 6 at 7:00 p.m.
                  • Where: 1 Lane Minuteman
                  • What: The 2022 Civil Air Patrol Fall Open House will be held Thursday, October 6 at 7 p.m. at NH National Guard Reservation, 1 Minuteman Way, Concord. Learn more about youth (cadet) and adult (senior) membership and how to join our next cadet basic training group. https://concord…. Read more

                  Yoga book club

                  • When: Friday, October 7 at 6:00 a.m.
                  • Where: Blossom Yoga & Wellness
                  • What: Join us at Blossom Yoga every first Friday of the month as we practice restorative yoga while sipping wine and reviewing a book!! Learn more

                  GoodLife Book Sale

                  • When: Friday, October 7 at 9:00 a.m.
                  • Where: GoodLife programs and activities
                  • What: Location: GoodLife, 254 N. State St, Unit L, Concord (Smokestack Center) Date/Time: October 3-14 (closed weekends and 10/10) Cost/registration: FREE! Open to the public rain or shine! Sponsored by: Harvard Pilgrim Check out this great opportunity – bring your used books during… Read more

                  High Street Coffee House & Open Mic with Second Wind

                  • When: Friday, October 7 at 7:00 p.m.
                  • Where: Boscawen Congregational Church
                  • What: Second Wind (Suzi Hastings & Terry Ray Gould) premieres during the High Street Coffee House revival on Friday October 7 at 7:00 p.m. Admission is free but we pass the basket for donations. Second Wind will open the evening and return at the end for a short set. In… Read more

                  Featured event: Community garage sale

                  • When: Saturday, October 8 at 12 p.m.
                  • Where: Villages in Loudon
                  • What: Community garage sale. 12 p.m. to 4 p.m. More than 12 participating households. Rain or shine. Learn more

                  Free speech! Natural support for blood pressure and heart health

                  • When: Saturday, October 8 at 9:00 a.m.
                  • Where: Natural wellness corner
                  • What: Come learn how to support your blood pressure and heart health from NH’s only nutritional pharmacist! During this conference, you will discover: Lea… Read more

                  Check out more local events, or add your own, to the Concord Patch Community Calendar.

                  Editor’s Note: This article was auto-generated from event information provided primarily by community members. Patch has not independently verified much of this information, always check with organizers to confirm that published events are going as planned. Click on any event in the list for more details. You can also contact [email protected] with any questions or other comments regarding this article.

                  Recognizing Decision Maker Supremacy by Christopher Bek


                  ALBERTA, CANADA – Modern man doesn’t want God or Christ – because what he wants is to be paid and fucked – and so he behaves normally – call it the cognitive model of bad behavior. Existentialism Now is a massive upgrade from Bad Behaviorism that directly encourages the Everyman to become Superman. Existentialism now recognizes the supremacy of the decider by fortifying everyone with the Cartesian cogito – I think therefore I exist – and Indian identity – Atman equals Brahman. By studying God, the mathematician in forms like actuarial science, we will come to know the mind of God. According to Leaderchat.org, 95% of people think they are self-aware, but the real number is 12-15%. This means that on a good day, four out of five people lie to themselves all day. Bek’s Metaphysics includes Theory of One, Existentialism Now, Bernoulli’s Model, and Divine Right of Kings, and will facilitate the realization of self-aware beings. But first, it is necessary for Christ 2.0 to receive a hearing from the Canadian government, overseen by the Three Right Honorables, to decide whether to make him the fourth Right Honorable in Canada.

                  To paraphrase Marc Aurèle “He who does not know the world does not know himself. He who does not know himself does not know the world. The Theory of One represents the world, Existentialism now represents being, Bernoulli’s model represents being in the world, and the divine right of kings represents the transcendence of being. The Theory of One is my evolutionary theory that unites the macrocosmos of relativity theory with the microcosmos of quantum theory in quite a dramatic way. Existentialism Now is a massive upgrade from Bad Behaviorism and is defined by the Cartesian cogito and Jean-Paul Sartre’s assertion that “There can be no other truth to take off from this – I think; therefore, I exist, that is to say. the Cartesian cogito. Here we have the absolute truth of consciousness becoming aware of itself. Stephen Hawking said: “Nobody wants to believe that the truth is as simple as it is.” Johanne Goethe said: “Be bold, mighty forces will come to your aid.” Eugène Delacroix said: “Genius is the art of generalizing and choosing”. Blaise Pascal said: “A soul weighs more than the whole universe.” Albert Einstein, Time Magazine’s Person of the Century, said, “God is the sum total of the laws of nature” and “I want to know God’s thoughts, the rest are just details.” September 28, 2022 marks the twentieth anniversary of Christ declaring himself King of Canada for the first time.

                  For more information on Christopher Bek and his other works, visit his website at https://riskservices.com/books/

                  “Existentialism Now: Realizing the Dream of a Whole Self”

                  By Christopher Beck

                  Kindle | $2.99

                  Paperback | $5.99

                  Hardcover | $13.99

                  Available from Amazon, Barnes & Noble and other online booksellers

                  About the Author

                  Christ Lloyd Bek is a Canadian mathematician, actuary, philosopher, scientist, consultant and writer, as well as a master craftsman of spreadsheets, databases and risk modeling. Christ wrote ninety PhilosophyMagazine.com-style, 1600-word essays, the perfect size for printing on double-sided, one-page essay paper. A trial is a trial. It is a written piece designed to present an idea, propose an argument, express an emotion or initiate a debate. One could argue that Philosophy Magazine-style essays should be the universal standard for presenting ideas, offering arguments, expressing emotions, and initiating debates. Philosophy Magazine is the philosophy and science of the third millennium, and Christ is a philosopher and scientist of the third millennium. Plato wrote, “A just society will only be possible when philosophers become kings and kings become philosophers.” Thomas Hobbes wrote: “Unless sovereignty finds concrete expression in an individual, it does not command the allegiance of the people or sustain the cohesion of the state. Wikipedia wrote: “The divine right of kings is a political and religious doctrine of royal and political legitimacy. He asserts that a monarch is not subject to any earthly authority; deriving the right to rule directly from the will of God. The king is therefore not subject to the will of the people, the aristocracy or any other domain of the kingdom. Christ is rightly believed to be The Right Honorable Christopher Bek, The Philosopher King Christ, Ruler of Earth, Christ 2.0 and Saint Christopher Lloyd. His consulting fee for essay writing and portfolio theory development and implementation is $25/hour. A 1,600-word essay takes six days to write and costs $1,200. You can reach him via his email: [email protected]

                  Media Contact
                  Company Name: URL Link Marketing | Print and Media URLLink
                  Contact person: Philip Ong
                  E-mail: Send an email
                  Call: 7085434261
                  Address:11506 Natchez Ave South.
                  Town: The penalty
                  State: Illinois
                  Country: United States
                  Website: www.urlinkpublishing.com/

                  Printing unit sales fell 4.2% at the end of September


                  A 17.3% increase in adult fiction print unit sales was not enough to prevent overall print unit sales from falling 4.2% in the week ending on September 24, 2022, versus the comparable week of 2021, at outlets that report to NPD BookScan. Gains in adult fiction were led by a number of new releases, including Dreamland by Nicholas Sparks, which was #1 on the category list, selling over 75,000 copies in its first week. maybe now, a new book by Colleen Hoover, sold over 36,000 copies in its first week, placing it in seventh place on the category list. The only other category to show an increase during the week was young adult nonfiction, where unit sales rose 5.3%. by Scott Cawthon TheseSecurity Break Files was #1 in the category, selling around 2,500 copies. Adult non-fiction sales fell 11.2% during the week. Last year around this time, Danger by Bob Woodward and Robert Costa was the first title in the category, selling over 192,000 copies. In the most recent week, the main title was another new book on the Trump administration, The divider by Peter Baker and Susan Glasser, sold more than 24,000 copies. Children’s fiction again had a difficult week, with sales down 7.2%. Last year, Change sings by Amanda Gorman and Loren Long sold over 157,000 copies in its first week. Little Blue Truck Halloween by Alice Schertle was in second place, selling just over 18,000 copies. During the most recent week, little blue truck was the No. 1 title in the category, also selling just over 18,000 copies.

                  A version of this article originally appeared in the 03/10/2022 issue of Weekly editors under the title: The Weekly Scorecard

                  Madison Metals signs a forward sale contract for uranium and


                  TORONTO, Sept. 30, 2022 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Madison Metals Inc. (“Madison” or the “Company”) (CSE: GREN) (OTCQB: MMTLF) is pleased to announce the signing of a landmark contract and the first – a first-of-its-kind uranium forward sale agreement with Lux Partners Ltd. (“Lux”). Lux operates Lux Network, the first decentralized blockchain integrated and operated by a network of regulated banking and money transfer partners. The exclusive five-year supply agreement provides for the delivery of up to 20 million pounds of U3O8 Madison uranium projects in Namibia after the start of commercial production. Fulfillment of the U3O8 delivery would support the first-ever uranium-based non-fungible tokens (“NFT”).

                  “Having the ability to potentially monetize our uranium resources at a premium using innovative technology provided by industry leaders is a testament to our forward-thinking strategy to create shareholder value,” said Duane. Parnham, executive chairman and CEO of Madison Metals. “We believe there are many advantages to forward selling some of our assets in this way. We expect it to provide non-dilutive capital to explore, develop and operate our properties while generating additional revenue through nominal trading fees.

                  Parnham continued, “The Lux team has exceptional capabilities and a proven track record of launching and driving demand for the world’s most innovative products, generating billions of dollars in revenue.

                  Lux NFTs bring liquidity and universal access to the uranium market and usher in a new era for the tokenization of physical assets and the distribution of the planet’s most valuable resources. Lux Uranium NFTs are to be minted exclusively on the Lux Network but will be made available on all major blockchains through the Lux standard for asset-backed NFTs.

                  Starting October 15, 2022 via the Lux Market, almost anyone in the world will be able to mint Lux Uranium NFTs. By selling direct to retail, Lux is able to offer buyers the lowest possible price, disintermediating opaque and inefficient financing with transparent and clear pricing. For more information, please see Lux.Market.

                  “We are excited to form this strategic alliance with Madison’s resource team to support the launch of Lux Uranium and the Lux Blockchain Network (Lux.Network), which powers NFT minting, trading and staking. “, said Zach Kelling, CEO of Lux Partners. “Through staking, users are exposed to the upside of the uranium market while earning additional fees through loans and liquidity. By digitizing assets, Lux hopes to unlock greater price discovery, asset value and liquidity throughout the mining lifecycle.

                  Lux will initially score £7.65m from U3O8 that Madison contributed to the Lux partnership. This will be followed by a further £12.35m to be minted as market demands. The token sales are intended to generate cash that will be returned to Madison along with royalties from trading fees. Proceeds from Madison’s capital will be used to advance compliant resource/reserve figures, as well as for engineering and economic studies and mining. Madison will also manage a risk assessment program and a hedge portfolio to purchase additional uranium products as needed or when needed on a tax-neutral basis.

                  Learn more about Madison’s evolution through the new madisonmetals.ca website and updated company overview.

                  Under the forward sale agreement, Madison will issue three million common shares to an independent advisor who made the introductions and facilitated the transaction. The common shares issued under the agreement are priced at C$1.22 at the close of trading on Thursday, September 29, 2022.

                  About Madison Metals Inc.

                  Madison Metals Inc (CSE: GREN) (OTCQB: MMTLF) is an upstream mining and exploration company focused on the sustainable production of uranium in Namibia and Canada. Using advanced technologies and modern strategies, Madison Metals is positioned to bring advanced uranium assets to market quickly.

                  With over 50 years of experience in the mining sector, including 22 years in Namibia, its management team has geological and financial expertise and a track record of creating shareholder value.

                  Additional information about Madison Metals Inc. can be found at madisonmetals.ca and on the Company’s SEDAR profile at www.sedar.com.

                  About Lux Partners Ltd.

                  Lux is a FinTech company domiciled in the Isle of Man and associated with a regulated and licensed money transfer business. Lux enables institutions to take advantage of blockchain technology use cases in a tax-efficient and regulated environment, with proper compliance, KYC and AML procedures. The managers of Lux have a long experience in managing transactions and investments in a wide range of industries. Institutions and governments can send and receive tokenized assets, with proper compliance, KYC and AML procedures. Lux processes both crypto and fiat transactions, given its ability to natively process Swift and Fed wires from the blockchain, while offering the highest levels of security and privacy through the Lux Bridge, which uses zero-knowledge proofs to secure assets and enable private transactions. on the Lux network. Lux is uniquely positioned to launch a host of highly profitable, risk-weighted, highly scalable verticals in large, fast-growing markets. These verticals include secure transaction processing, asset management, DeFi ecosystems, and tokenized investments in natural resources and emerging markets.

                  Additional information can be found at Lux.Partners/about

                  For more information, please contact:

                  Duane Parnham
                  Executive Chairman and CEO
                  Madison Metals Inc.
                  +1 (416) 489-0092
                  [email protected]

                  Media inquiries:
                  Adam Bello
                  Manager, Media and Analyst Relations
                  Primoris Group Inc.
                  +1 (416) 489-0092
                  [email protected]

                  Neither CSE nor the Investment Industry Regulatory Organization of Canada accepts responsibility for the adequacy or accuracy of this release.

                  Forward-looking statements

                  This release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of applicable Canadian securities laws. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding fulfillment of the terms of the forward sales agreement described in this press release, including, but not limited to, future production capacity and delivery of U308 by Madison; the issuance of Madison stock; the timing and amount of estimated future exploration and the Company’s intended use of funds.

                  Generally, forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “anticipates”, “expects” or “does not expect”, “is planned”, “budget”, “schedule”, “estimates”, “plans”, “intends”, “continues”, “anticipates” or “does not anticipate”, or “believes”, or variations of these words and phrases or statements that certain actions, events or results “may”, “could”, “would”, “will”, “could” or “will be taken”, “will occur” or “will be carried out”. Forward-looking statements are made based on certain assumptions and other material facts which, if incorrect, could cause the actual results, performance or achievements of the Company to be materially different from future results, performance or achievements. expressed or implied by these statements. These statements and information are based on numerous assumptions regarding present and future business strategies and the environment in which the Company will operate in the future.

                  Certain important factors that could cause actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements include, among others, production delays; currency fluctuations, global economic climate, dilution, stock price volatility, competition, labor shortages and unexpected Company expenses. Forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause the actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements of the Company to differ materially from those expressed. or implied by such forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to: the failure of the Company or its contractual partners to perform their respective obligations under the agreements; unforeseen delays or shortages in production from the Company’s mining projects in Namibia; the impact that the COVID 19 pandemic may have on the Company’s business and on the economy generally; the impact of the post-pandemic recovery of COVID 19 and its impact on precious metals; receipt of necessary approvals; general business, economic, competitive, political and social uncertainties; future metal prices; accidents, labor disputes and shortages; environmental risks; and other risks of the mining industry.

                  Although the Company has attempted to identify important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements, there may be other factors that cause results not to be those anticipated, estimated or expected. There can be no assurance that such statements will prove to be accurate, as actual results and future events could differ materially from those anticipated in such statements. Accordingly, readers should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements.

                  You may find further information regarding these and other risks in documents filed with Canadian securities regulators which are available on the Company’s SEDAR profile page at www.sedar.com. The Company disclaims any obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements, except as required by applicable law.

                  Announcement of New England Book Awards winners, various Maine Lit Fest events and two new independent bookstores


                  New England Book Prize

                  The winners of this year’s New England Book Awards were announced recently at the annual conference of the New England Independent Booksellers Association. The prize recognizes books about or set in New England or written by a New England-based author. In fiction, Morgan Talty won the award for her debut collection of short stories, “Living Ground Night(Tin House), set in an aboriginal community in Maine, which our reviewer described as “a perfect blend of funny, sad, topical and intense”. The collection of “introspective yet entertaining” essays by ‘Isaac Fitzgerald,”Dirtbag, MA(Bloomsbury), took the non-fiction category. Pulitzer Prize winner, Tracy K. Smith’s “Such a color(Graywolf) won the poetry category. “Keepunumuk: Weeâchumun’s Thanksgiving Story(Charlesbridge), written by Danielle Greendeer, Anthony Perry and Alexis Bunten, and illustrated by Garry Meeches Sr., won the children’s book category. For mid-level books, Xiran Jay Zhao won for “Zachary Ying and the Dragon Emperor(Margaret K. McElderry). And in the YA category, the award went to “Squire(Quill Tree) written by Nadia Shammas and Sara Alfageeh.

                  Maine Bed Fest

                  The Maine Lit Fest is happening this week in Portland with a variety of readings, talks and events. “A Celebration of Native Writers,” with Morgan Talty, Terese Marie Mailhot, and Joan Naviyuk Kane takes place Tuesday, October 4 at 7 p.m. A virtual event on “Trans Voices, Trans Futures” takes place Wednesday evening and includes Charlie Jane Anders, Leigh Ellis, Isaac Fitzsimmons, Rylan Hynes and Maya Williams. Lily King and Brandon Taylor will be in conversation Thursday at 7:00 p.m. Rebecca Traister and Kerri Arsenault will be in conversation Friday at 7:00 p.m. And Saturday’s offerings include an illustrator raffle, bilingual story hour, writing discussions on home away from here, socio-economic diversity in children’s literature and early authors. Kristen Arnett, Joshua Bennett, Chelsea Conaboy and Lynn Steger Strong reunite to discuss “Parenthood: It Changes Everything” Saturday at 1:25 p.m. A Conversation on “Writing the Natural World” with Samaa Abdurraqib, Jason Anthony, Gregory Brown, Jennifer Lunden and Kathryn Miles takes place at 2:50 p.m. on Saturday afternoon. The day ends with a lighted crawl around the city starting at 6:30 p.m. For more information and a full schedule, visit mainewriters.org/maine-lit-fest.

                  More than just shelves for books

                  Two new independent bookstores have opened in New England. Heartleaf Books recently opened in Providence, founded and co-owned by two sisters and former librarians. The store is a co-operative, which means it is owned and operated by its employees and member owners, who buy stock in the store in exchange for discounts, voting rights and eligibility for the board of directors of Cooperative. And the owners see it as more than a bookstore, but as a community space and a gathering place, reflecting the queer and artsy side of the city. A similar sense of community space underlies Possible Futures in New Haven which describes itself as “a community reading space, a cross between a community reading room and an independent bookstore”, which curates its selection by prioritizing topics and authors who have been under-represented. And closer to home, stalwart independent Brookline Booksmith has continued to expand, taking up more than 800 square feet to showcase its vast selection of art and design books. This expansion comes after the 4,000 square feet they added in 2020. For more information on Heartleaf Books, visit heartleafbooks.com. For more information on possible futures, visit possiblefuturesbooks.com.

                  Go out

                  The mountain and the seaby Ray Naylor (MCD)

                  Weasels in the atticby Hiroko Oyamada, translated from Japanese by David Boyd (New Directions)

                  life is everywhereby Lucy Ives (Grey Wolf)

                  Choice of the week

                  Bonnie Atterstrom of Brookline Booksmith recommends “space invadersby Nona Fernández, translated from Spanish by Natasha Wimmer (Graywolf): “I devoured this book — or maybe it devoured me, like a dream slowly engulfing you. In a chorus of voices, a class of children struggle with their understanding of the Pinochet regime in Chile they grew up under, their experiences oscillating between their fallible memories, their infallible dreams and the incomplete picture they have of their world. . This surreal story spins on its axis like a spiral galaxy: fascinating, mysterious and unsettling in its beauty.

                  Nina MacLaughlin is the author of “alarm clock, siren.” She can be reached at [email protected].

                  Xine Segalas’ new book “Xine’s Pack of Strays & Others: A Memoir” is out, a touching and often humorous collection of stories, lessons and adventures from a past life with dogs.


                  “Xine’s Pack of Strays & Others: A Memoir” by Xine Segalas has been released worldwide. This 286-page memoir focuses on the author’s lifelong adoration of dogs, from adopting her first puppy as a child to an adult life raising a family around adorable canines. Throughout his life, the presence of these loyal, wacky, and wonderful pets has provided him with comfort, essential life lessons, and a sense of camaraderie that dog lovers everywhere can relate to.

                  These stories, taken from years of daily journaling, show how dogs are with us through thick and thin, often teaching us valuable lessons in compassion, patience, and unconditional love. Chronicling his family’s dogs over the years, these poignant reflections are often funny, but also delve into the inevitable grief of losing a beloved pet, going through grief, and the true value of opening one’s heart.

                  A perfect read for animal lovers of all kinds, Segalas skillfully describes his dogs’ personalities, their quirks, their role in family dynamics, and how four-legged friends improve the lives of everyone they meet. . The underlying message of fearless love is inspiring and a reminder of how relationships with pets can change the way we see the world.

                  Xine’s Pack of Strays & Others: A Memoir (ISBN: 9781958729861) can be purchased from retailers worldwide, including Barnes and Noble and Amazon. The paperback sells for $18.99 and the e-book sells for $4.99. Bulk orders are available through Ingram.

                  From the back cover:

                  Life isn’t easy, but there are two essential things Xine Segalas uses to help her navigate her daily life. First, write each morning in a journal to upload his thoughts. A habit she started as a teenager and continues to practice to this day. Second, but still first, are his dogs, his pack, “#xinespack”. The dogs that help him get through the daily shit, even when they add to it. Everyone knows one of these dogs. If you don’t have one yourself, your friend or neighbor does, or you see them on the street. They are Shetland Sheepdogs, Britons, Goldendoodles, Australian Shepherds, and mixed breeds. These are the dogs that make you laugh and cry, sometimes simultaneously. Those you saved only to realize that they saved you. These are the dogs who left us too soon and the ones who needed our help to make the tough decisions. Their footprints are everywhere in our hearts, and the lessons they teach are immeasurable. Xine’s Pack of Strays and Others is a collection of those stories – the adventures, the misadventures and everything in between – and the lessons Xine and her family have learned about the lives of their furry and feathered friends.

                  About the Author:

                  Xine Segalas was born and raised in New York. She graduated from the College of Communications at Boston University and had a career in communications and finance before starting a few businesses in the home gardening business. Currently, she lives in Bridgewater, New Hampshire, with three dogs, three chickens, and her fiancé, Mark. Besides writing daily, Xine is a digital artist, photographer and gardener.

                  About NH Seacoast Press Book Publisher:

                  NH Seacoast Press Book Publisher provides authors with traditional quality book publishing services while allowing authors to retain publishing rights and 100% of royalties. Seacoast Press’ wide variety of publishing services include book design; editorial; impression; Distribution; advertising; and marketing. Seacoast Press books are available at retailers and booksellers worldwide. All Seacoast Press books can be purchased wholesale through Ingram.

                  To learn more about Seacoast Press, NH’s premier book publisher, visit http://www.seacoastpress.com/.

                  Media Contact
                  Company Name: SeacoastPress.com
                  Contact person: Jen McNabney
                  E-mail: Send an email
                  Call: 603-546-2812
                  Address:1 New Hampshire Avenue Suite 125
                  Town: Portsmouth
                  State: New Hampshire
                  Country: United States
                  Website: https://www.seacoastpress.com/

                  Is iPhone Demand Really Slowing?, Lyft Freezes Hiring, Biogen’s New Drug Slows Alzheimer’s Disease Progression: Top Financial Media Stories Wednesday, September 28 – Apple (NASDAQ:AAPL), Amazon. com (NASDAQ:AMZN)



                  Apple pulls back iPhone 14 production ramp-up as demand wanes

                  • Apple Inc. AAPL renounces to increase the production of its new iPhone 14 programming in 2022.
                  • The Tim CookThe company-led company is giving up on ramping up production of its new smartphones due to falling demand.
                  • The Cupertino, Calif.-based company launched the iPhone 14 earlier in September. The device is available in five colors and features, such as satellite emergency SOS.


                  Lyft braces for firmer stance as slowdown issues weigh

                  • Lyft Inc. LYFT frozen hiring in the United States until the end of the year.
                  • Lyft, which cut 60 jobs in its rental division in July, battled soaring spending as U.S. inflation hit record highs.
                  • Several tech companies have downsized in recent months.
                  • Lyft posted a record quarter in August. However, Lyft warned that challenges would persist in the third quarter due to high insurance costs, macroeconomic uncertainty and inflation.

                  Toyota aims to start sales of small electric sedans in China by the end of 2022

                  • Toyota Motor Corporation MT is expected to start selling and producing a small electric sedan by the end of 2022.
                  • Production is part of Toyota’s collaboration with Chinese battery company BYD Co Ltd BYDDY.
                  • The bZ3 sedan, currently slated for sale in China, will be the second model in Toyota’s Beyond Zero (bZ) series of battery electric vehicles (BEVs).
                  • The bZ4X sport utility vehicle, the first in the bZ series, has been forced to suspend production after a global recall.

                  the wall street journal

                  GM delays back-to-office mandate following employee pressure

                  • General Motors Co. GM retracted aspects of its return-to-work plans amid criticism from employees.
                  • Last week, a note from an employee of General Motors Co. GM CEO Mary Barra has drafted plans for salaried employees to return to the office three days a week, which is expected to come into effect later this year.
                  • This week, a follow-up email postponed the back-to-office policy until the first quarter of next year, saying it was generating “questions, concerns and misconceptions”.
                  • The policy will likely stick to the three office day requirement without imposing office working days.
                  • GM has promised to solidify its return-to-work plans by the end of October.


                  WhatsApp Boss highlights global repercussions of UK online safety bill

                  • Meta Platforms Inc META WhatsApp head has warned the UK that the decision to disable encryption in a new online security bill would threaten the security of government communications and encourage autocratic controls.
                  • Will Cathcart said the UK’s ultimate position on the issue would have a global impact as governments around the world follow suit.
                  • He pointed to the growing threats of cyberattacks, especially from hostile nation states.


                  Hurricane Ian weighs on Amazon which is already juggling slowdown and workplace issues

                  • Amazon.com, Inc. AMZN, Sept. 27, closed sites near Tampa and Orlando, Florida as a precaution before Hurricane Ian. Amazon expects facilities to remain closed until September 30.
                  • Walt Disney Co. SAY and Comcast Corporation CMCSA Universal Studios closed its Orlando-based theme parks as it was the first Category 3 hurricane to make landfall in the country in 14 years.
                  • Recently, Amazon suspended construction of new warehouses in Spain until 2024 as pandemic-driven online shopping slowed. It has abandoned many existing and planned installations in the United States
                  • Amazon has also fought against growing union organizing efforts demanding higher wages and workplace safety.


                  Apple News readers receive ‘obscene and racist’ push notifications after quick website hack

                  • Apple Inc. AAPL News service users were shown two ‘obscene and racist’ push notifications after fast businessa financial publication, was hacked.
                  • Apple News said on Twitter: “An incredibly offensive alert has been sent by Fast Company, which has been hacked. Apple News has disabled their channel.”
                  • Fast Company tweeted out a statement saying its content management system was hacked on Tuesday night.

                  Is iPhone demand really slowing down? Apple analyst says this data point proves otherwise

                  • Request Apple Inc. AAPL the high-end iPhone 14 remains robust, according to Wolf Fund Gene Munster.
                  • His comments come amid concerns over a report that Apple may abandon plans to increase production of the iPhone 14 due to demand not rising in line with expectations.
                  • Munster noted iPhone 14 Pro delivery times were four weeks across eight countries, the same as the previous week’s numbers.

                  Alzheimer’s disease progression slowed by Biogen’s new drug in late-stage study

                  • Biogene Inc IBIB and Eisai Co Ltd ESALY announced positive results from a late-stage study on their candidate for the treatment of Alzheimer’s disease on Tuesday evening.
                  • Biogen and Eisai said the global confirmatory phase 3 study, “Clarity AD”, of lecanemab met the primary endpoints and all major secondary endpoints with highly statistically significant results.
                  • Treatment with lecanemab reduced clinical decline on the global cognitive and functional scale by 27% at 18 months, compared to placebo.

                  Apple ditches Russia’s largest social media network from the App Store

                  • Apple Inc. AAPL deleted VKontaktea popular social networking app in Russia, according to a statement from VK, the company behind the platform.
                  • The statement, first noted on The Verge, said some VK apps were blocked by Apple and unavailable for download and update on the App store.
                  • The statement indicates that VK applications already installed on smartphones continue to work.

                  Ford revamps F-Series Super Duty pickups with new design and 5G connectivity: Here’s when it’ll be released

                  • Ford Motor Company F unveiled its new 2023 F-Series Super Duty range of pickup trucks and chassis cabs that will meet the needs of essential commercial industries.
                  • The 2023 Ford F-Series Super Duty is assembled from Kentucky Truck Plant in Louisville and Ohio Assembly Plant in Lake Avon. The model will hit sales in early 2023 with select features and trim sets available in spring 2023, the company said.

                  SEC Penalizes 16 Wall Street Firms for Using Personal Devices to Discuss Trades and Clients

                  • The Securities and Exchange Commission has charged 15 brokers and an affiliated investment adviser with widespread and longstanding failures to maintain and preserve electronic communications.
                  • The companies admitted to the facts described in their respective SEC orders and acknowledged that their conduct violated the record-keeping provisions of federal securities laws.
                  • The companies agreed to pay more than $1.1 billion combined penalties.

                  Harley-Davidson’s electric motorcycle unit completes SPAC merger and begins trading on the NYSE

                  • LiveWire, the electric motorcycle division of Harley-Davidson Inc. PORKhas completed its previously announced business combination and began trading today under the new symbol “LVWR” on the NYSE.
                  • LiveWire raised approximately $334 million in gross proceeds.
                  • The combined public company will operate as LiveWire Group Inc..

                  UK regulator approves Revolut to offer crypto services, will have to comply with anti-money laundering laws

                  • After a long wait, cryptocurrency trading app Revolut has received approval from the UK’s Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) to provide services in the country.
                  • Valued at $33 billion, the digital banking service was added to the FCA’s register on Monday.
                  • Revolut previously provided crypto buying, selling and trading in the UK under the FCA’s Temporary Registration Scheme, or TRR, which was established to allow businesses to continue operating during the review. of their requests.

                  Oil giant Shell signs its first electricity contract in Africa, with the acquisition of a Nigerian solar supplier

                  • Shell plc SHEL made its first acquisition in the power sector in Africa by buying a renewable energy supplier, Daystar Power.
                  • Daystar operates in Nigeria, Ghana and three other West African countries. It provides off-grid power to commercial and industrial customers, offering solar and hybrid power solutions with battery storage.

                  Tyson Foods names chairman’s son as CFO

                  • Tyson Foods Inc TSN named John R.Tyson as CFO, effective October 2, 2022.
                  • Tyson is the son of the company’s chairman of the board, John H. Tyson.
                  • Tyson currently serves as executive vice president of strategy and chief sustainability officer for the company.

                  Hertz and BP join forces to accelerate electric ve